CMB-WP-V-GA1 CMB-WP-V-GB1 PEFY-WP-VMS1-E PEFY ...

CMB-WP-V-GA1CMB-WP-V-GB1PEFY-WP-VMS1-EPEFY-WP-VMA-EPLFY-WP-VBM-EPFFY-WP-VLRMM-E

MODEL

YLM 3rd edition

HYBRID CITY MULTIDatabook

MEE15K052

1. INDOOR UNITS

Ceiling concealed (Slim type) ............................................................................................................ 1 - 3

PEFY-WP-VMS1-E

Ceiling concealed (Middle static pressure type) ................................................................................ 1 - 19

PEFY-WP-VMA-E

Ceiling cassette (4-way flow type) ..................................................................................................... 1 - 37

PLFY-WP-VBM-E

Floor standing (Concealed type)........................................................................................................ 1 - 49

PFFY-WP-VLRMM-E

HBC controller ................................................................................................................................... 1 - 61

CMB-WP-V-GA1, CMB-WP-V-GB1 (for YLM series only)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS.................................................................................................. 1 - 77

CAPACITY TABLES .......................................................................................................................... 1 - 79

2. OUTDOOR/HEAT SOURCE UNITS

YLM R2 SERIES................................................................................................................................ 2 - 3

YLM WR2 SERIES ............................................................................................................................ 2 - 37

3. SYSTEM DESIGN

SYSTEM DESIGN YLM R2 SERIES ................................................................................................. 3 - 3

SYSTEM DESIGN YLM WR2 SERIES.............................................................................................. 3 - 17

INSTALLATION INFORMATION ....................................................................................................... 3 - 31

CAUTION FOR REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE ..................................................................................... 3 - 37

TOC.fm 1 ページ２０１６年１月２５日　月曜日　午後２時５８分

MEE15K052

TOC.fm 2 ページ２０１６年１月２５日　月曜日　午後２時５８分

1 - 1

HYBRID CITY MULTI

MEE15K052

1. INDOOR UNITS

Ceiling concealed (Slim type) ................................................................................................................. 1 - 3

PEFY-WP-VMS1-E

Ceiling concealed (Middle static pressure type) ..................................................................................... 1 - 19

PEFY-WP-VMA-E

Ceiling cassette (4-way flow type) .......................................................................................................... 1 - 37

PLFY-WP-VBM-E

Floor standing (Concealed type)............................................................................................................. 1 - 49

PFFY-WP-VLRMM-E

HBC controller......................................................................................................................................... 1 - 61


ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS....................................................................................................... 1 - 77

CAPACITY TABLES ............................................................................................................................... 1 - 79

TOC_Indoor.book 1 ページ２０１６年１月２５日　月曜日　午前１０時５９分

1 - 2MEE15K052

TOC_Indoor.book 2 ページ２０１６年１月２５日　月曜日　午前１０時５９分

1 - 3

Ceiling concealed (Slim type)

PEFY-WP-VMS1-E

MEE15K052

I.Ceiling concealed (Slim type)

1. SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................................................................... 1 - 4

2. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS .............................................................................................................................. 1 - 6

3. CENTER OF GRAVITY ................................................................................................................................... 1 - 8

4. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS ................................................................................................................ 1 - 9

5. SOUND LEVELS ............................................................................................................................................. 1 - 10

5-1. Sound levels ............................................................................................................................................ 1 - 105-2. NC curves ................................................................................................................................................ 1 - 11

6. FAN CHARACTERISTICS CURVES............................................................................................................... 1 - 13

7. OPTIONAL PARTS.......................................................................................................................................... 1 - 17

7-1. Optional parts line up for the Indoor unit.................................................................................................. 1 - 177-2. Control box replace kit ............................................................................................................................. 1 - 18

0000003897.BOOK 3 ページ２０１６年１月１３日　水曜日　午前１０時１９分

1 - 4

PE

FY

MEE15K052

1. SPECIFICATIONSI.Ceiling concealed (Slim type)1. SPECIFICATIONS

Model PEFY-WP15VMS1-E PEFY-WP20VMS1-E PEFY-WP25VMS1-E PEFY-WP32VMS1-E

Power source1-phase 220-230-240 V 50/60

Hz1-phase 220-230-240 V 50/60

Hz1-phase 220-230-240 V 50/60

Hz1-phase 220-230-240 V 50/60

Hz

Cooling capacity *1 kW 1.7 2.2 2.8 3.6

(Nominal) *1 kcal/h 1,500 1,900 2,400 3,100

*1 BTU/h 5,800 7,500 9,600 12,300

*2 Power input kW 0.050 0.051 0.060 0.071

*2 Current input A 0.44 0.49 0.51 0.61

Heating capacity *3 kW 1.9 2.5 3.2 4.0

(Nominal) *3 kcal/h 1,600 2,200 2,800 3,400

*3 BTU/h 6,500 8,500 10,900 13,600

*2 Power input kW 0.030 0.031 0.040 0.051

*2 Current input A 0.33 0.38 0.40 0.50

External finish Galvanized steel plate Galvanized steel plate Galvanized steel plate Galvanized steel plate

External dimension H x W x D mm 200 x 790 x 700 200 x 790 x 700 200 x 790 x 700 200 x 990 x 700

in. 7-7/8 x 31-1/8 x 27-9/16 7-7/8 x 31-1/8 x 27-9/16 7-7/8 x 31-1/8 x 27-9/16 7-7/8 x 39 x 27-9/16

Net weight kg (lbs) 19 (42) 20 (45) 20 (45) 25 (56)

Heat exchangerCross fin (Aluminum fin and

copper tube)Cross fin (Aluminum fin and



copper tube)

Water Volume L 0.7 0.9 0.9 1.0

FAN Type x Quantity Sirocco fan x 2 Sirocco fan x 2 Sirocco fan x 2 Sirocco fan x 3

*4 External static press. Pa <5> - 15 - <35> - <50> <5> - 15 - <35> - <50> <5> - 15 - <35> - <50> <5> - 15 - <35> - <50>

mmH2O <0.5> - 1.5 - <3.6> - <5.1> <0.5> - 1.5 - <3.6> - <5.1> <0.5> - 1.5 - <3.6> - <5.1> <0.5> - 1.5 - <3.6> - <5.1>

Motor Type DC motor DC motor DC motor DC motor

Motor output kW 0.096 0.096 0.096 0.096

Driving mechanism Direct-driven by motor Direct-driven by motor Direct-driven by motor Direct-driven by motor

Air flow rate (Low-Mid-High) (Low-Mid-High) (Low-Mid-High) (Low-Mid-High)

m3/min 5.0 - 6.0 - 7.0 5.5 - 6.5 - 8.0 5.5 - 7.0 - 9.0 8.0 - 9.0 - 11.0

L/s 83 - 100 - 117 92 - 108 - 133 92 - 117 - 150 133 - 150 - 183

cfm 177 - 212 - 247 194 - 230 - 282 194 - 247 - 318 282 - 318 - 388

Sound pressure level (measured in anechoic room) (Low-Mid-High) (Low-Mid-High) (Low-Mid-High) (Low-Mid-High)

*2 dB <A> 22-24-28 23-25-29 23-26-30 28-30-33

Insulation materialEPS, Polyethylene foam, Ure-

thane foamEPS, Polyethylene foam, Ure-



thane foam

Air filter PP honeycomb fabric. PP honeycomb fabric. PP honeycomb fabric. PP honeycomb fabric.

Protection device Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse

Refrigerant control device - - - -

Connectable outdoor unit/HBC controllerCITY MULTI YLM series/

CMB-WP-V-GA1, CMB-WP-V-GB1

CITY MULTI YLM series/CMB-WP-V-GA1, CMB-WP-

V-GB1


V-GB1


V-GB1

Water piping diameter Inlet in. Rc 3/4 screw Rc 3/4 screw Rc 3/4 screw Rc 3/4 screw

*5 *6 Outlet in. Rc 3/4 screw Rc 3/4 screw Rc 3/4 screw Rc 3/4 screw

Field drain pipe size mm (in.) O.D.32 (1-1/4) O.D.32 (1-1/4) O.D.32 (1-1/4) O.D.32 (1-1/4)

Drawing External KD94T794X01 KD94T794X01 KD94T794X01 KD94T794X01

Wiring KD94T793X01 KD94T793X01 KD94T793X01 KD94T793X01

Refrigerant cycle - - - -

Standard attachment DocumentInstallation Manual, Instruc-

tion BookInstallation Manual, Instruc-



tion Book

AccessoryInsulation pipe for water pipe, Washer, Drain hose, Tie band

Insulation pipe for water pipe, Washer, Drain hose, Tie band



Optional parts Control box replace kit PAC-KE70HS-E PAC-KE70HS-E PAC-KE70HS-E PAC-KE70HS-E

Remarks Details on foundation work, duct work, insulation work, electrical wiring, power source switch, and other items shall be referred to the Installation Manual.

Due to continuing improvement, above specifications may be subject to change without notice.

Notes: Unit converter

1.Nominal cooling conditions Indoor: 27°CD.B./19°CW.B. (81°FD.B./66°FW.B.), Outdoor: 35°CD.B. (95°FD.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.) 2.The values are measured at the factory setting of external static pressure. 3.Nominal heating conditions Indoor: 20°CD.B. (68°FD.B.), Outdoor: 7°CD.B./6°CW.B. (45°FD.B./43°FW.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.) 4.The factory setting of external static pressure is shown without < >. Refer to "Fan characteristics curves", according to the external static pressure, in DATA BOOK for the usable range of air flow rate. 5.Be sure to install a valve on the water outlet. 6.Install a strainer (40 mesh or more) on the pipe next to the valve to remove the foreign matters. 7.Please group units that operate on 1 branch.

kcal/h =kW x 860

BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536

*Above specification data is

subject to rounding variation.


1 - 5

PE

FY

MEE15K052

1. SPECIFICATIONS

Model PEFY-WP40VMS1-E PEFY-WP50VMS1-E


Hz1-phase 220-230-240 V 50/60

Hz

Cooling capacity *1 kW 4.5 5.6

(Nominal) *1 kcal/h 3,900 4,800

*1 BTU/h 15,400 19,100

*2 Power input kW 0.090 0.090

*2 Current input A 0.73 0.77

Heating capacity *3 kW 5.0 6.3

(Nominal) *3 kcal/h 4,300 5,400

*3 BTU/h 17,100 21,500

*2 Power input kW 0.070 0.070

*2 Current input A 0.62 0.66

External finish Galvanized steel plate Galvanized steel plate

External dimension H x W x D mm 200 x 990 x 700 200 x 1,190 x 700

in. 7-7/8 x 39 x 27-9/16 7-7/8 x 46-7/8 x 27-9/16

Net weight kg (lbs) 25 (56) 27 (60)



copper tube)

Water Volume L 1.0 1.7

FAN Type x Quantity Sirocco fan x 3 Sirocco fan x 4

*4 External static press. Pa <5> - 15 - <35> - <50> <5> - 15 - <35> - <50>

mmH2O <0.5> - 1.5 - <3.6> - <5.1> <0.5> - 1.5 - <3.6> - <5.1>

Motor Type DC motor DC motor

Motor output kW 0.096 0.096

Driving mechanism Direct-driven by motor Direct-driven by motor

Air flow rate (Low-Mid-High) (Low-Mid-High)

m3/min 9.5 - 11.0 - 13.0 12.0 - 14.0 - 16.5

L/s 158 - 183 - 217 200 - 233 - 275

cfm 335 - 388 - 459 424 - 494 - 583

Sound pressure level (measured in anechoic room) (Low-Mid-High) (Low-Mid-High)

*2 dB <A> 30-32-35 30-33-36

Insulation materialEPS, Polyethylene foam, Ure-


thane foam

Air filter PP honeycomb fabric. PP honeycomb fabric.

Protection device Fuse Fuse

Refrigerant control device - -




V-GB1

Water piping diameter Inlet in. Rc 3/4 screw Rc 3/4 screw

*5 *6 Outlet in. Rc 3/4 screw Rc 3/4 screw

Field drain pipe size mm (in.) O.D.32 (1-1/4) O.D.32 (1-1/4)

Drawing External KD94T794X01 KD94T794X01

Wiring KD94T793X01 KD94T793X01

Refrigerant cycle - -



tion Book

AccessoryInsulation pipe for water pipe, Washer, Drain hose, Tie band


Optional parts Control box replace kit PAC-KE70HS-E PAC-KE70HS-E




1.Nominal cooling conditions Indoor: 27°CD.B./19°CW.B. (81°FD.B./66°FW.B.), Outdoor: 35°CD.B. (95°FD.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.) 2.The values are measured at the factory setting of external static pressure. 3.Nominal heating conditions Indoor: 20°CD.B. (68°FD.B.), Outdoor: 7°CD.B./6°CW.B. (45°FD.B./43°FW.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.) 4.The factory setting of external static pressure is shown without < >. Refer to "Fan characteristics curves", according to the external static pressure, in DATA BOOK for the usable range of air flow rate. 5.Be sure to install a valve on the water outlet. 6.Install a strainer (40 mesh or more) on the pipe next to the valve to remove the foreign matters. 7.Please group units that operate on 1 branch.

kcal/h =kW x 860

BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




1 - 6

PE

FY

MEE15K052

2. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS2. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS

(Actu

al len

gth)

<acc

esso

ry>

Drain

hos

e (I.

D.ø3

2)

Less

than

300

mm

65 0 -1

0

Less than 550mm Unit : mm

PEFY-WP15, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50VMS1-E

64

7011

6

10102

Note

1. U

se M

10 sc

rew

for t

he su

spen

sion

bolt (

field

supp

ly).

2. K

eep

the

serv

ice sp

ace

for t

he m

ainte

nanc

e at

the

botto

m.

3. T

his ch

art in

dicat

es fo

r PEF

Y-W

P32,

40V

MS1

-E m

odels

, whic

h ha

s 3 fa

ns.

PEFY

-WP1

5, 2

0, 2

5VM

S1-E

mod

els h

ave

2 fa

ns.

PEFY

-WP5

0VM

S1-E

mod

els h

ave

4 fa

ns.

4. I

n ca

se a

n inl

et d

uct is

use

d, re

mov

e th

e air

filte

r (su

pply

with

the

unit)

, the

n ins

tall t

he fil

ter (

field

supp

ly) a

t suc

tion

side.

Water

pipe

(To HB

C unit

)Rc

3/4 sc

rew

Rc3/4

screw

Wate

r pipe

(Fro

m HB

C un

it)Air

outle

tAi

rinl

et

(O.D

.ø32

)Dr

ain p

ipeDr

ain pu

mp Term

inal b

ed(T

rans

miss

ion)

Drain

pipe

(O.D

. ø32

)(S

ponta

neou

s dra

ining

)12

Term

inal b

ed(P

ower

sour

ce)

Susp

ensio

n bolt

hole

4-14

×30 S

lot

Air f

ilter

Contr

ol bo

x

2×E-

ø2.9

2×2-

ø2.9

K-ø2

.9 Knoc

kout

hole

ø27

Knoc

kout

hole

ø27

(Pow

er so

urce

wirin

g)

(Tra

nsmi

ssion

wirin

g)

PEFY

-WP5

0VMS

1-EPE

FY-W

P40V

MS1-E

PEFY

-WP3

2VMS

1-EPE

FY-W

P25V

MS1-E

PEFY

-WP2

0VMS

1-E

1190990

790

1239

1039839

M

242016

900

700

500

975

1060

860

660

LJ

HK

700

752

798

660

760

0Rc

3/4

scre

w (To

HBC

unit)

(Fro

m H

BC u

nit)

1198998

AM

odel

PEFY

-WP1

5VMS

1-E

1152952B

1100900

C

1060

860D

119E

1000

800F

G

5715

700

150(Duct)

200

2367

7

23

90

20

C

D (Duct)

AM

L

4962

5(Su

spen

sion

bolt p

itch)

23B (Suspension bolt pitch)

270

4827

0170

10

100100×(E-1)=F 30

25 100

25

20 100100×H=J

12

88

3710

037

88 12

157.

5

20G

10

Wat

er p

ipe1

Wat

etr p

ipe2

To HBC

Unit

From

HBC

Unit


1 - 7

PE

FY

MEE15K052

2. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS

Unit : mm

PEFY-WP15, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50VMS1-E

Min.

300m

m

Acce

ss d

oor 1

(450

×450

)

Acce

ss d

oor 3

Elec

tric b

ox

Inta

ke a

ir

Acce

ss d

oor 1

(450

×450

)Ce

iling

beam

Acce

ss d

oor 2

(450

×450

)

Elec

tric b

ox

Supp

ly air

Supp

ly air

Inta

ke a

ir

Mai

nten

ance

acc

ess

spac

eM

aint

enan

ce a

cces

s sp

ace

Mai

nten

ance

acc

ess

spac

e

Elec

tric b

ox

Acce

ss d

oor 4

(View

ed fr

om th

e dir

ectio

nof

the

arro

w B)

Acce

ss d

oor 3

Elec

tric b

ox

Botto

m o

fin

door

uni

t

(View

ed fr

om th

e dir

ectio

n of

the

arro

w B)

B

Ceilin

g be

am

Ceilin

g

(View

ed fr

om th

e dir

ectio

n of

the

arro

w A)

Acce

ss d

oor 2

(450

×450

)Ce

iling

ABo

ttom

of i

ndoo

r uni

t

100~

200

100~

200

Elec

tric b

ox

Min.10mm

450

45045

050

~150

P

700

700

Min.

300m

m

N 50

50

R77

777

7

50

Q

50

475

N

450

Min.20mm

Min.

300m

m

N

450

47570

0

450

Min.300mm

Min.10mm

Fig.

3

Fig.

4Fi

g.5

Fig.

2

Fig.

1

Botto

m o

fin

door

uni

t

[Mai

nten

ance

acc

ess

spac

e]Se

cure

eno

ugh

acce

ss s

pace

to a

llow

for t

he m

aint

enan

ce, i

nspe

ctio

n, a

nd re

plac

emen

t of t

he m

otor

, fan

, dra

in p

ump,

hea

t exc

hang

er,

and

elec

tric

box

in o

ne o

f the

follo

wing

way

s.Se

lect

an

inst

alla

tion

site

for t

he in

door

uni

t so

that

its

mai

nten

ance

acc

ess

spac

e wi

ll not

be

obst

ruct

ed b

y be

ams

or o

ther

obj

ects

.

(1) W

hen

a sp

ace

of 3

00m

m o

r mor

e is

avai

labl

e be

low

the

unit

betw

een

the

unit

and

the

ceilin

g. (F

ig.1

)

·Cre

ate

acce

ss d

oor 1

and

2 (4

50x4

50m

m e

ach)

as

show

n in

Fig

.2.

(Acc

ess

door

2 is

not

requ

ired

if en

ough

spa

ce is

ava

ilabl

e be

low

the

unit

for a

mai

nten

ance

wor

ker t

o wo

rk in

.)

(2) W

hen

a sp

ace

of le

ss th

an 3

00m

m is

ava

ilabl

e be

low

the

unit

betw

een

the

unit

and

the

ceilin

g.

(At l

east

20m

m o

f spa

ce s

houl

d be

left

belo

w th

e un

it as

sho

wn in

Fig

.3.)

·C

reat

e ac

cess

doo

r 1 d

iago

nally

bel

ow th

e el

ectri

c bo

x an

d ac

cess

doo

r 3 b

elow

the

unit

as s

hown

in F

ig.4

.

or

PEFY

-WP1

5VMS

1-EPE

FY-W

P20V

MS1-E

PEFY

-WP2

5VMS

1-EPE

FY-W

P32V

MS1-E

PEFY

-WP4

0VMS

1-EPE

FY-W

P50V

MS1-E

700N

Mod

el

1100900

150~

250

250~

350

P

50~1

5080

0Q 1200

1000

R 1700

1500

1300

·C

reat

e ac

cess

doo

r 4 b

elow

the

elec

tric

box

and

the

unit

as s

hown

in F

ig.5

.


1 - 8

PE

FY

MEE15K052

3. CENTER OF GRAVITY3. CENTER OF GRAVITY

Model namePEFY-WP15VMS1-E

PEFY-WP50VMS1-EPEFY-WP40VMS1-EPEFY-WP32VMS1-EPEFY-WP25VMS1-EPEFY-WP20VMS1-E

W

625 [24-5/8]625 [24-5/8]625 [24-5/8]625 [24-5/8]625 [24-5/8]

L

752 [29-5/8]752 [29-5/8]952 [37-1/2]952 [37-1/2]1152 [45-3/8]

X

263 [10-3/8]263 [10-3/8]

280 [11-1/32]280 [11-1/32]285 [11-1/4]

Y

338 [13-5/16]338 [13-5/16]422 [16-5/8]422 [16-5/8]511 [20-1/8]

Z

105 [4-5/32]625 [24-5/8] 752 [29-5/8] 263 [10-3/8] 338 [13-5/16] 105 [4-5/32]

105 [4-5/32]104 [4-1/8]104 [4-1/8]104 [4-1/8]

A: Center of gravityYX

LW

A

Z

PEFY-WP15, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50VMS1-E

(mm)[in]


1 - 9

PE

FY

MEE15K052

4. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS4. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

NOTE

: Sym

bols

used

in w

iring

diagr

am a

bove

are

,

(HEA

VY D

OTTE

D LI

NE):F

IELD

WIR

ING

(T

HIN

DOTT

ED L

INE)

:OPT

IONA

L PA

RTS

:

CON

NECT

OR

: T

ERM

INAL

Con

necto

r (IT

term

inal)

CN10

0

Swi

tch (f

or m

ode

selec

tion)

SW3(

I.B.)

Swi

tch (f

or m

odel

selec

tion)

Con

necto

r (em

erge

ncy o

pera

tion)

Swi

tch (f

or m

ode

selec

tion)

Swi

tch (1

0ths

digi

t add

ress

set)

Swi

tch (c

onne

ction

No.

set)

Swi

tch (f

or st

atic

pres

sure

selec

tion)

Swi

tch (f

or m

odel

selec

tion)

Swi

tch (f

or st

atic

pres

sure

selec

tion)

Swi

tch (f

or ca

pacit

y cod

e) T

herm

istor

(pipi

ng te

mp.de

tectio

n/wate

r out)

The

rmist

or (p

iping

tem

p.de

tecti

on/w

ater

in)

SWB(

A.B.

) A

C re

actor

(Pow

er fa

ctor im

prov

emen

t)L1

SWA(

A.B.

)

SWC(

A.B.

)

Drain

pum

p

Con

necto

r (W

ireles

s)

X1 A

ux. r

elay

Arre

ster

DSA

Var

istor

ZNR0

1, 0

2 F

use A

C250

V 6.

3AFU

SE

Fan

mot

or

SWE(

I.B.)

Floa

t swi

tchFS

Con

necto

r (Re

mot

e ind

icatio

n) C

onne

ctor (

Cent

rally

cont

rol)

CN90

Con

necto

r (Re

mot

e sw

itch)

Con

necto

r (Da

mpe

r)

CN32

CN52

CN51

CN41

Tra

nsm

ission

term

inal b

lock

TB15

TH21

The

rmist

or (i

nlet a

ir te

mp.

dete

ction

)

TH23

TH22

N

AME

SYM

BOL

SYM

BOL

I.B.

A.B.

Indo

or co

ntro

ller b

oard

Add

ress

boa

rd

Swi

tch (1

s digi

t add

ress

set)

SW2(

I.B.)

SW11

(A.B

.)SW

12(A

.B.)

SW14

(A.B

.)

SW1(

A.B.

)

SW4(

I.B.)

TB2

TB5

Tra

nsm

ission

term

inal b

lock

Pow

er so

urce

term

inal b

lock

SYM

BOL

EXPL

ANAT

ION

N

AME

CN27

Con

necto

r (HA

term

inal-A

)

SYM

BOL

N

AME

*A In c

onne

ctin

g op

tiona

l IT

term

inal

,us

e ei

ther

CN

51 o

r CN

52 w

hich

isno

t con

nect

ed.

Be c

aref

ul fo

r con

nect

or c

olor

s.

*A

L1: o

nly P

EFY-

WP5

0VM

S1-E

INSI

DE S

ECTI

ON O

F CO

NTRO

L BO

X

TO M

A REM

OTE

CONT

ROLL

ERTO

OUT

DOOR

UNI

TBC

CON

TROL

LER

REMO

TE C

ONTR

OLLE

R

S

W14

(Con

necti

on N

o.)

SWB

SWA

SWC

SW

12(1

0ths

digi

t) S

W11

(1s d

igit)

SW1

A. B

.

I. B.

311

23

45

54

18

54

18

12

34

5

81

45

34

51

2

MS 3~

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

4 3 2 1

1~M

42

31

13

24

12

14

56

7

31

13

51

21

32

48

13

24

56

7

13

01 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9ABCDE

F0

1 2 34

56

789

01 2 34

56

789

IT te

rmin

al(P

AC-IT

51AD

-E)

IT te

rmin

al(P

AC-IT

52AD

-E)

CN52

(Gre

en)

CN10

0

CN51

CN10

0

CN10

0

IT te

rmin

al

CN82

CN43

L1

t°t°

U

LED1

LED2

DC31

0~34

0VR

ectif

y ci

rcui

tZN

R01

POW

ER S

UPPL

Y~2

20, 2

30, 2

40V

50, 6

0Hz

TO N

EXT

INDO

OR U

NIT

FUSE

(16A

)

PULL

BOX

BREA

KER

(16A

)

FUSE

X1

ZNR0

2

DSA U

t°

(Gre

en)

(Blue

)

(Red

)(R

ed)

(Red

)

(Red

)

(Blue

)

(Blue

)

(Blac

k)

TB5

NL

TB15

12

S(SH

IELD

)M

2

TB2

M1

FSTH

22TH

23TH

21

CN3A

CNM

FCN

P

CND

CN2M

SW2

SW4

SW3

CN90

CN42

CN81

CN32

CN27

CN20

CN4F

CN44

CN41

CN52

CN51

SWEON

OFF

PEFY-WP15, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50VMS1-E


1 - 10

PE

FY

MEE15K052

5. SOUND LEVELS5. SOUND LEVELS5-1. Sound levels

PEFY-WP-VMS1-E Sound level at anechoic room : Low-Mid-High

Sound level dB ( A )

5Pa 15Pa 35Pa 50Pa

PEFY-WP15VMS1-E 220-240V 22 - 24 - 26 22 - 24 - 28 23 - 26 - 29 23 - 27 - 30

PEFY-WP20VMS1-E 220-240V 22 - 25 - 28 23 - 25 - 29 24 - 27 - 30 25 - 28 - 32

PEFY-WP25VMS1-E 220-240V 22 - 25 - 29 23 - 26 - 30 24 - 28 - 31 25 - 29 - 33

PEFY-WP32VMS1-E 220-240V 26 - 28 - 30 28 - 30 - 33 30 - 32- 35 31 - 33 - 36

PEFY-WP40VMS1-E 220-240V 29 - 31 - 34 30 - 32 - 35 31 - 34 - 37 32 - 34 - 38

PEFY-WP50VMS1-E 220-240V 29 - 32 - 35 30 - 33 - 36 31 - 35 - 39 32 - 36 - 40

* Measured in anechoic room.

Aux.duct1m

1.5m

Measurement location

2m


1 - 11

PE

FY

MEE15K052

5. SOUND LEVELS

5-2. NC curves

PEFY-WP15VMS1-EExternal static pressure : 5PaPower source : 220,230,240V, 50/60Hz












Approximate minimum audible limit on continuous noise

70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30

NC20

Approximate minimum audible limit on continuous noiseO

CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa

OCTAVE BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES (Hz)

High speed

Low speedMiddle speed

NC20


70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed


NC20


70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed



70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30

NC20


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed


NC20


70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed


NC20


70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed



70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30

NC20


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed


NC20


70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed


NC20


70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed



70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30

NC20


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed


NC20


70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed


NC20


70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed



1 - 12

PE

FY

MEE15K052

5. SOUND LEVELS













NC20


70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed



70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30

NC20


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed


NC20


70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed


NC20


70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed



70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30

NC20


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed


NC20


70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed


NC20


70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed



70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30

NC20


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed


NC20


70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed


NC20


70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed



70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30

NC20


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed


NC20


70

60

50

40

30

20

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

10

0

NC60

NC50

NC40

NC30


CTA

VE

BA

ND

PR

ES

SU

RE

LE

VE

L (d

B) 0

dB =

20µ

Pa


High speed



1 - 13

PE

FY

MEE15K052

6. FAN CHARACTERISTICS CURVES6. FAN CHARACTERISTICS CURVES

PEFY-WP15VMS1-EExternal static pressure : 15Pa Power source : 220,230,240V, 50/60Hz

Suction : Back inletPEFY-WP15VMS1-EExternal static pressure : 5Pa Power source : 220,230,240V, 50/60Hz

Suction : Back inlet







Airflow rate (m3/min)

Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

4 5 6 7 8 90

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

4 5 6 7 8 9

4 5 6 7 8 90

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

4 5 6 7 8 90

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

4 5 6 7 8 90

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

4 5 6 7 8 9

High

Limit

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Low

Middle


1 - 14

PE

FY

MEE15K052

6. FAN CHARACTERISTICS CURVES











Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)

4 5 6 7 8 90

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

4 5 6 7 8 90

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

4 5 6 7 8 9 100

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

4 5 6 7 8 9 100

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

4 5 6 7 8 9 100

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

High

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Low

Middle


1 - 15

PE

FY

MEE15K052












Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 130

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 150

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

High

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Low

Middle


1 - 16

PE

FY

MEE15K052












Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Sta

tic p

ress

ure

(Pa)

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 150

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 150

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 200

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 200

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

High

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

Low

Middle


1 - 17

PE

FY

MEE15K052

7. OPTIONAL PARTS7. OPTIONAL PARTS7-1. Optional parts line up for the Indoor unit

Control box replace kit

PEFY-WP15, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50VMS1-E PAC-KE70HS-E

Control box replace kitPAC-KE70HS-E

PEFY-WP-VMS1-E


1 - 18

PE

FY

MEE15K052

7. OPTIONAL PARTS

7-2. Control box replace kit

Shape

PLATE A

Q'ty

Parts

1

PLATE B

1

PLATE C

1

COVER A

1

Shape

COVER B

Q'ty

Parts

1

LEAD WIRE MOTOR

White 7-pin connector White 6-pin connector White 4-pin connector

Ring terminal on both endsRed 2-pin connector

4X10

Blue 3-pin connector

4X10 with a washer 5X10 with a washer

White 4-pin connector

1

LEAD WIRE LEV

1

LEAD WIRE THM A

1

Shape

LEAD WIRE THM B

Q'ty

Parts

1

LEAD WIRE EARTH

1

LEAD WIRE PUMP

1

LEAD WIRE FS

1

Shape

INSULATOR

Q'ty

Parts

3

Connecting terminals

4

BAND

6

CLAMP

4

Shape

SCREW 1

Q'ty

Parts

2

SCREW 2

4

SCREW 3

5

FERRITE CORE

1

When installing the control box replace kit on the air inlet on the unit, LEAD WIRE FS is not used.12

109

5

11 12

13 14 15

17 18 19

16

20

6 7 8

4321

PAC-KE70HS-E


1 - 19

Ceiling concealed (Middle static pressure type)

PEFY-WP-VMA-E

MEE15K052

I.Ceiling concealed (Middle static pressure type)

1. SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................................................................... 1 - 20




5. SOUND LEVELS ............................................................................................................................................. 1 - 26



7. OPTIONAL PARTS.......................................................................................................................................... 1 - 35

7-1. Optional parts line up for the Indoor unit.................................................................................................. 1 - 357-2. Filter box .................................................................................................................................................. 1 - 35

0000003898.BOOK 19 ページ２０１６年１月１３日　水曜日　午前１０時３０分

1. SPECIFICATIONS

1 - 20

PE

FY

-VM

A

MEE15K052

I.Ceiling concealed (Middle static pressure type)1. SPECIFICATIONS

Model PEFY-WP20VMA-E PEFY-WP25VMA-E PEFY-WP32VMA-E PEFY-WP40VMA-E

Power source1-phase 220-230-240 V 50/

60 Hz1-phase 220-230-240 V 50/

60 Hz1-phase 220-230-240 V 50/

60 Hz1-phase 220-230-240 V 50/

60 Hz


(Nominal) *1 kcal/h 1,900 2,400 3,100 3,900

*1 BTU/h 7,500 9,600 12,300 15,400

*2 Power input kW 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.14

*2 Current input A 0.55 0.64 0.74 1.15


(Nominal) *3 kcal/h 2,200 2,800 3,400 4,300

*3 BTU/h 8,500 10,900 13,600 17,100

*2 Power input kW 0.05 0.07 0.09 0.12

*2 Current input A 0.44 0.53 0.63 1.04


External dimension HxWxD mm 250 x 700 x 732 250 x 900 x 732 250 x 900 x 732 250 x 1,100 x 732

in. 9-7/8 x 27-9/16 x 28-7/8 9-7/8 x 35-7/16 x 28-7/8 9-7/8 x 35-7/16 x 28-7/8 9-7/8 x 43-5/16 x 28-7/8

Net weight kg (lbs) 21 (47) 26 (58) 26 (58) 31 (69)





copper tube)



*4 External static press. Pa<35> - 50 - <70> - <100> -

<150><35> - 50 - <70> - <100> -

<150><35> - 50 - <70> - <100> -

<150><35> - 50 - <70> - <100> -

<150>

mmH2O<3.6> - 5.1 - <7.1> - <10.2> -

<15.3><3.6> - 5.1 - <7.1> - <10.2> -

<15.3><3.6> - 5.1 - <7.1> - <10.2> -

<15.3><3.6> - 5.1 - <7.1> - <10.2> -

<15.3>


Motor output kW 0.085 0.085 0.085 0.121



m3/min 7.5 - 9.0 - 10.5 10.0 - 12.0 - 14.0 12.0 - 14.5 - 17.0 14.5 - 18.0 - 21.0

L/s 125 - 150 - 175 167 - 200 - 233 200 - 242 - 283 242 - 300 - 350

cfm 265 - 318 - 371 353 - 424 - 494 424 - 512 - 600 512 - 636 - 742


*2 dB <A> 23-26-29 23-27-30 25-29-32 26-29-34

Insulation materialEPS, Polyethylene foam,

Urethane foamEPS, Polyethylene foam,



Urethane foam







V-GB1


V-GB1


V-GB1

Diameter of water pipe Inlet in. Rc 3/4 screw Rc 3/4 screw Rc 3/4 screw Rc 3/4 screw


Field drain pipe size mm (in.) O.D.32 (1-1/4) O.D.32 (1-1/4) O.D.32 (1-1/4) O.D.32 (1-1/4)

Drawing External KD94L918X01 KD94L918X01 KD94L918X01 KD94L918X01

Wiring KD94L919X01 KD94L919X01 KD94L919X01 KD94L919X01






tion Book

AccessoryInsulation pipe for water pipe,

Washer, Drain hose, Tie band

Insulation pipe for water pipe, Washer, Drain hose, Tie

band


band


band

Optional parts Filter box PAC-KE91TB-E PAC-KE92TB-E PAC-KE92TB-E PAC-KE93TB-E

Remarks * Details on foundation work, duct work, insulation work, electrical wiring, power source switch, and other items shall be referred to the Installation Manual.

* Due to continuing improvement, above specifications may be subject to change without notice.


1.Nominal cooling conditions Indoor: 27°CD.B./19°CW.B. (81°CD.B./66°CW.B.), Outdoor: 35°CD.B. (95°CD.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.) 2.The values are measured at the factory setting of external static pressure. 3.Nominal heating conditions Indoor: 20°CD.B. (68°CD.B.), Outdoor: 7°CD.B./6°CW.B. (45°CD.B./43°CW.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.) 4.The factory setting of external static pressure is shown without < >. Refer to "Fan characteristics curves", according to the external static pressure, in DATA BOOK for the usable range of air flow rate. 5.Be sure to install a valve on the water outlet. 6.Install a strainer (40 mesh or more) on the pipe next to the valve to remove the foreign matters. 7.Group units that operate on 1 branch.

kcal/h =kW x 860

BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg / 0.4536




1 - 21

1. SPECIFICATIONSP

EF

Y-V

MA

MEE15K052

Model PEFY-WP50VMA-E

Power source1-phase 220-230-240 V 50/

60 Hz

Cooling capacity *1 kW 5.6

(Nominal) *1 kcal/h 4,800

*1 BTU/h 19,100

*2 Power input kW 0.14

*2 Current input A 1.15

Heating capacity *3 kW 6.3


*3 BTU/h 21,500



External finish Galvanized steel plate

External dimension HxWxD mm 250 x 1,100 x 732

in. 9-7/8 x 43-5/16 x 28-7/8

Net weight kg (lbs) 31 (69)


copper tube)

Water Volume L 1.8

FAN Type x Quantity Sirocco fan x 2

*4 External static press. Pa<35> - 50 - <70> - <100> -

<150>

mmH2O<3.6> - 5.1 - <7.1> - <10.2> -

<15.3>

Motor Type DC motor

Motor output kW 0.121

Driving mechanism Direct-driven by motor

Air flow rate (Low-Mid-High)

m3/min 14.5 - 18.0 - 21.0

L/s 242 - 300 - 350

cfm 512 - 636 - 742

Sound pressure level (measured in anechoic room) (Low-Mid-High)

*2 dB <A> 26-29-34

Insulation materialEPS, Polyethylene foam,

Urethane foam

Air filter PP honeycomb fabric.

Protection device Fuse

Refrigerant control device -



Diameter of water pipe Inlet in. Rc 3/4 screw

*5 *6 Outlet in. Rc 3/4 screw

Field drain pipe size mm (in.) O.D.32 (1-1/4)

Drawing External KD94L918X01

Wiring KD94L919X01

Refrigerant cycle -


tion Book

AccessoryInsulation pipe for water pipe,

Washer, Drain hose, Tie band

Optional parts Filter box PAC-KE93TB-E

Remarks * Details on foundation work, duct work, insulation work, electrical wiring, power source switch, and other items shall be referred to the Installation Manual.

* Due to continuing improvement, above specifications may be subject to change without notice.

Notes : Unit converter

1.Nominal cooling conditions Indoor: 27°CD.B./19°CW.B. (81°CD.B./66°CW.B.), Outdoor: 35°CD.B. (95°CD.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.) 2.The values are measured at the factory setting of external static pressure. 3.Nominal heating conditions Indoor: 20°CD.B. (68°CD.B.), Outdoor: 7°CD.B./6°CW.B. (45°CD.B./43°CW.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.) 4.The factory setting of external static pressure is shown without < >. Refer to "Fan characteristics curves", according to the external static pressure, in DATA BOOK for the usable range of air flow rate. 5.Be sure to install a valve on the water outlet. 6.Install a strainer (40 mesh or more) on the pipe next to the valve to remove the foreign matters. 7.Group units that operate on 1 branch.

kcal/h =kW x 860

BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg / 0.4536





1 - 22

PE

FY

-VM

A

MEE15K052


Cont

rol b

ox

2×2-

ø2.9

Air

outle

tAi

rinl

et

2×E-

ø2.9

Wat

er p

ipe(T

o HB

C un

it)Rc

3/4

scre

w2

1W

ater

pipe

(Fro

m H

BC u

nit)

Rc3/

4 sc

rew

Drain

pum

p

Air

Filte

r

Term

inal b

lock(

Powe

r sou

rce)

Term

inal b

lock(

Tran

smiss

ion)

Drain

pipe

(O.D

.ø32

)(S

pont

aneo

us d

raini

ng)

Drain

pipe

(O.D

.ø32

)

Susp

ensio

n bo

lt hole

4-1

4×30

Slot

Not

e 1.

Use

M10

scr

ew fo

r the

Sus

pens

ion

bolt

(fiel

d su

pply

).

2.K

eep

the

serv

ice

spac

e fo

r the

mai

nten

ance

at t

he b

otto

m.

3.

This

cha

rt in

dica

tes

for P

EFY

-WP

40·5

0VM

A-E

mod

els,

whi

ch h

ave

2 fa

ns.P

EFY

-WP

20·2

5·32

VM

A-E

mod

els

have

1 fa

n.

4.In

cas

e of

the

inle

t duc

t is

used

,rem

ove

the

air f

ilter

(sup

ply

with

the

unit)

,then

inst

all t

he fi

lter

(fiel

d su

pply

) at s

uctio

n si

de.

Rc3/

4 sc

rew

Wat

er p

ipe(T

o HB

C un

it)W

ater

pipe

(Fro

m H

BC u

nit)

7

Mod

elA

660

800

1200

700

754

900

954

860

9E 11

D

1060

C

1100

B

1154

PEFY

-WP4

0,50

VMA-

EPE

FY-W

P25,

32VM

A-E

PEFY

-WP2

0VM

A-E

1000

1000F

858

800

G 658

1058

600

Outle

t air

side

view

Top

view

Inlet

air

side

view

Pipin

gsid

e vie

w

Top

Botto

m

9164

8711

7

20

64

40

250

40D (Duct)

210

18

G 21

57

10

AB(Suspension bolt pitch)

C23

643(

Susp

ensio

n bo

lt pitc

h)

178(Duct)23

1023

832

700732

356

100

41217

10030100×(E-1)=F

5815Unit: mmPEFY-WP20, 25, 32, 40, 50VMA-E


1 - 23

2. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONSP

EF

Y-V

MA

MEE15K052

PEFY-WP20, 25, 32, 40, 50VMA-E Unit: mm

N-ø

2.9

(Act

ual l

engt

h)

<acc

esso

ry>

Dra

in h

ose

(I.D

.ø32

)

Mod

elH

RQ

SP

EFY

-WP

20V

MA

-E44

50~1

5080

013

00K 30

0P

EFY

-WP

25,3

2VM

A-E

1000

150~

250

1500

54

P 700

900

1100

N 10 10 10

M 780

990

J 150

260

330

PE

FY-W

P40

,50V

MA

-E12

0025

0~35

017

00

L 4 449

Mai

nten

ance

acc

ess

spac

e

Mai

nten

ance

acc

ess

spac

eM

aint

enan

ce a

cces

s sp

ace

Acce

ss d

oor 3

Acce

ss d

oor 4

Acce

ss d

oor 2

(450

×450

)C

eilin

g

Cei

ling

A

B

Fig.

3

Fig.

4

Fig.

2

Fig.

1

Fig.

5

(Vie

wed

from

the

dire

ctio

n of

the

arro

w A

)

(Vie

wed

from

the

dire

ctio

n of

the

arro

w B

) (V

iew

ed fr

om th

e di

rect

ion

of

the

arro

w B

)

Inta

ke a

ir

Inta

ke a

ir

Sup

ply

air

Sup

ply

air

Acc

ess

door

2(4

50×4

50)

Acc

ess

door

3

Cei

ling

beam

Cei

ling

beam

Botto

m o

f ind

oor u

nit

Bot

tom

of

indo

or u

nit

Bot

tom

of

indo

or u

nit

100~

200

100~

200

Acce

ss d

oor 1

(450

×450

)

Acce

ss d

oor 1

(450

×450

)

Elec

tric

box

Elec

tric

box

Ele

ctric

box

Elec

tric

box

Ele

ctric

box

[Mai

nten

ance

acc

ess

spac

e]S

ecur

e en

ough

acc

ess

spac

e to

allo

w fo

r the

mai

nten

ance

, ins

pect

ion,

and

repl

acem

ent o

f the

mot

or, f

an, d

rain

pum

p, h

eat e

xcha

nger

,an

d el

ectri

c bo

x in

one

of t

he fo

llow

ing

way

s.S

elec

t an

inst

alla

tion

site

for t

he in

door

uni

t so

that

its

mai

nten

ance

acc

ess

spac

e w

ill n

ot b

e ob

stru

cted

by

beam

s or

oth

er o

bjec

ts.

(1)W

hen

a sp

ace

of 3

00m

m o

r mor

e is

ava

ilabl

e be

low

the

unit

betw

een

the

unit

and

the

ceili

ng. (

Fig.

1) ·

Cre

ate

acce

ss d

oor 1

and

2 (4

50×4

50m

m e

ach)

as

show

n in

Fig

.2.

(A

cces

s do

or 2

is n

ot re

quire

d if

enou

gh s

pace

is a

vaila

ble

belo

w th

e un

it fo

r a m

aint

enan

ce w

orke

r to

wor

k in

.)

(2)W

hen

a sp

ace

of le

ss th

an 3

00m

m is

ava

ilabl

e be

low

the

unit

betw

een

the

unit

and

the

ceili

ng.

(A

t lea

st 2

0mm

of s

pace

sho

uld

be le

ft be

low

the

unit

as s

how

n in

Fig

.3.)

·C

reat

e ac

cess

doo

r 1 d

iago

nally

bel

ow th

e el

ectri

c bo

x an

d ac

cess

doo

r 3 b

elow

the

unit

as s

how

n in

Fig

.4.

o

r ·C

reat

e ac

cess

doo

r 4 b

elow

the

elec

tric

box

and

the

unit

as s

how

n in

Fig

.5.

11211 112

HJ

K6

HJ

J×(L

-1)=

M

65 0 -1

0

Less

than

300

mm

Less than 700mm

700

700

475

Min.10mm

475

Min.10mm

450

450

50Q

50~1

50

450

Min

.300

mm

450

450

450

50

50

Min

.300

mm

5070

0

777

777

R

S

P P

P

Min

.300

mm

Min.20mm


3. CENTER OF GRAVITY

1 - 24

PE

FY

-VM

A

MEE15K052


Model namePEFY-WP20VMA-EPEFY-WP25VMA-EPEFY-WP32VMA-EPEFY-WP40VMA-EPEFY-WP50VMA-E

W643 [25 - 6/16]643 [25 - 6/16]643 [25 - 6/16]643 [25 - 6/16]

L754 [29 - 11/16]954 [37 - 9/16]954 [37 - 9/16]1154 [45 - 7/16]

X330 [13]340 [13 - 7/16]340 [13 - 7/16]325 [12 - 13/16]

Y300 [11 -13/16]375 [14 -13/16]375 [14 -13/16]525 [20 -11/16]

Z130 [5 -2/16]130 [5 -2/16]130 [5 -2/16]130 [5 -2/16]

643 [25 - 6/16] 1154 [45 - 7/16] 325 [12 - 13/16] 525 [20 -11/16] 130 [5 -2/16]

A : Center of gravityYX

LW

A

Z

PEFY-WP20, 25, 32, 40, 50VMA-E

(mm)[in]


1 - 25

4. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMSP

EF

Y-V

MA

MEE15K052

4. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

INSI

DE S

ECTI

ON O

F CO

NTRO

L BO

X

Drain

pum

pFa

n m

otor

Ther

mist

or (p

iping

tem

p.de

tecti

on/w

ater

in)

Ther

mist

or (p

iping

tem

p.de

tecti

on/w

ater

out

)Sw

itch

(for m

ode

selec

tion)

Switc

h (fo

r cap

acity

code

)

Switc

h (1

0ths

digi

t add

ress

set)

Switc

h (fo

r sta

tic p

ress

ure

selec

tion)

Switc

h (fo

r sta

tic p

ress

ure

selec

tion)

Switc

h (B

RANC

H No

.)

Switc

h (fo

r mod

e se

lectio

n)

Switc

h (fo

r mod

el se

lectio

n)Sw

itch

(for m

ode

selec

tion)

Conn

ecto

r (em

erge

ncy o

pera

tion)

Tran

smiss

ion te

rmina

l bloc

kFu

se A

C250

V 6.

3A

Arre

ster

Aux.

relay

Aux.

relay

AC re

acto

r(Pow

er fa

ctor i

mpr

ovem

ent)

Varis

tor

TB15

F01

DSA

X01

X10

ACL

ZNR0

1,02

TH21

LED1

Ther

mist

or (i

nlet a

ir te

mp.

dete

ction

)LE

D(Po

wer s

upply

)LE

D(Re

mot

e co

ntro

ller s

upply

)TH

23TH

22LE

D2

NAM

ESY

MBO

LSY

MBO

LI.B

.P.

B.In

door

cont

rolle

r boa

rdPo

wer s

upply

boa

rdSw

itch

(1s d

igit a

ddre

ss se

t)

SW2(

I.B.)

SW3(

I.B.)

SW11

(I.B.

)SW

12(I.

B.)

SWA(

I.B.)

SW14

(I.B.

)

SWC(

I.B.)

SW1(

I.B.)

SW4(

I.B.)

SW5(

I.B.)

SWE(

I.B.)

TB2

TB5

Tran

smiss

ion te

rmina

l bloc

kPo

wer s

ourc

e te

rmina

l bloc

k

SYM

BOL

EXPL

ANAT

ION NA

ME

CN27

CN41

CN51

CN52

CN90

CN2A

CN10

5

FS

Conn

ecto

r (HA

term

inal-A

)Co

nnec

tor (

Cent

rally

cont

rol)

Conn

ecto

r (Re

mot

e ind

icatio

n)Co

nnec

tor (

Wire

less)

Conn

ecto

r (0-

10V

Analo

g inp

ut)

Conn

ecto

r (IT

term

inal)

Floa

t swi

tch

SYM

BOL

NAM

E

Conn

ecto

r (Da

mpe

r)CN

32Co

nnec

tor (

Rem

ote

switc

h)

NOTE

:Sym

bols

used

in w

iring

diagr

am a

bove

are

,

:Co

nnec

tor

:

Term

inal

(Hea

vy d

otte

d lin

e):F

ield

wirin

g

I.B.

P.B

.

TH23

TH21

TH22

t°t°

t°FS

(Blue

)

(Blue

)

(Blue

)

(Blue

)

(Blue

)

(Blac

k)

(Gre

en)

(Red

)

CN44

(Red

)

(Red

)

(Red

)CN

27

ON

ZNR0

1

CNP

CND

ZNR0

2DSA

OFF

F01

SW5

SWC

SW14

SW12

SW11SW

4SW

A

ACL

SW1

SW2

SW3

CNXC

1

X01

X10

CNXA

1CN

XB1

CNM

F

CNXC

2

CN2A

CN2M

CNXB

2CN

XA2

CN51

CN4F

CN41

CN10

5

CN90

CN20

SWE

CN52

CN32

CN3A

TB5

LED2

LED1

DC

280-

340V

Rec

tifie

r circ

uit

U

U

AC2

20-2

40V

50,

60Hz

NLTB15

M2

2

TB2

M1

1

S(SH

IELD

)

MM

S 3~

11

11

1

11

22

75

2

5

33

44

56

4

3

22

2 1

313

23

2

3

121

1

34

31

45

4

1

24

1 2

21

1~

TO M

A RE

MOT

E CO

NTRO

LLER

TO O

UTDO

OR U

NIT

HBC

CONT

ROLL

ERRE

MOT

E CO

NTRO

LLER

POW

ER S

UPPL

Y

PULL

BOX

BREA

KER

(16A

)

FUSE

(16A

)

TO N

EXT

INDO

OR U

NIT

PEFY-WP20, 25, 32, 40, 50VMA-E


5. SOUND LEVELS

1 - 26

PE

FY

-VM

A

MEE15K052

5. SOUND LEVELS5-1. Sound levels

5-1-1. Sound levels (Measured condition : With 1m air inlet duct and 2m air outlet duct)

5-1-2. Sound levels (Measured condition : With 2m air inlet duct and 2m air outlet duct)

Sound level at anechoic room : Low-Mid-High

Model Sound level dB(A)

35Pa 50Pa 70Pa 100Pa 150Pa

PEFY-WP20VMA-E 28-30-34 28-30-34 29-32-36 29-33-37 31-35-40

PEFY-WP25VMA-E 28-30-34 28-30-34 29-32-36 29-33-37 32-36-40

PEFY-WP32VMA-E 28-31-35 28-32-35 29-33-37 30-34-38 32-37-41

PEFY-WP40VMA-E 30-33-37 30-34-38 31-36-39 33-37-41 36-41-44

PEFY-WP50VMA-E 30-33-37 30-34-38 31-36-39 33-37-41 36-41-44


PEFY-WP-VMA-E

2m 1m

Aux. duct1.

5m


Sound level at anechoic room : Low-Mid-High

Model Sound level dB(A)

35Pa 50Pa 70Pa 100Pa 150Pa

PEFY-WP20VMA-E 23-25-28 23-26-29 24-27-30 25-28-32 28-32-36

PEFY-WP25VMA-E 23-26-29 23-27-30 24-28-31 26-29-33 29-33-37

PEFY-WP32VMA-E 24-28-31 25-29-32 26-30-33 27-31-34 29-34-38

PEFY-WP40VMA-E 26-29-33 26-29-34 26-30-35 29-33-37 32-37-41

PEFY-WP50VMA-E 26-29-33 26-29-34 26-30-35 29-33-37 32-37-41Measurement location

Aux. duct


PEFY-WP-VMA-E

2m 2m

1.5m


1 - 27

5. SOUND LEVELSP

EF

Y-V

MA

MEE15K052

5-2. NC curves

5-2-1. NC curves (Sound level measured condition : With 1m air inlet duct and 2m air outlet duct)

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a

Approximate minimumaudible limit oncontinuous noise

NC-40

NC-30

NC-20

Octave band center frequencies (Hz)

HighMiddle 50/60HzLow 50/60Hz

50/60Hz

PEFY-WP20VMA-EExternal Static Pressure: 35PaPower Source: 220-240V(50/60Hz)

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz



5. SOUND LEVELS

1 - 28

PE

FY

-VM

A

MEE15K052

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz

PEFY-WP40,50VMA-EExternal Static Pressure: 35PaPower Source: 220-240V(50/60Hz)

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz



1 - 29

5. SOUND LEVELSP

EF

Y-V

MA

MEE15K052

5-2-2. NC curves (Sound level measured condition : With 2m air inlet duct and 2m air outlet duct)

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz

PEFY-WP20VMA-EExternal Static Pressure: 35PaPower Source: 220-230-240V(50/60Hz)

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz



5. SOUND LEVELS

1 - 30

PE

FY

-VM

A

MEE15K052

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz

PEFY-WP40, 50VMA-EExternal Static Pressure: 35PaPower Source: 220-230-240V(50/60Hz)

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz



1 - 31

6. FAN CHARACTERISTICS CURVESP

EF

Y-V

MA

MEE15K052


PEFY-WP20VMA-EExternal static pressure : 35PaPower source : 220-240V

Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


50

40

30

20

10

0


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


160

150

140

130

120

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

5 10 15 5 10 15

5 10 15 5 10 15

5 10 15

Middle

High

Middle

High

Middle

High

Middle

High

Middle

High

Low Low

Low

Low

Low

Limit

Limit

Limit

Limit

Limit



1 - 32

PE

FY

-VM

A

MEE15K052


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


60

50

40

30

20

10

0


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


120

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


170

160

150

140

130

120

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21

7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21

7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21

Middle

High

Middle

High

Middle

High

Middle

High

Middle

High

Low Low

LowLow

Low

Limit

Limit

Limit

Limit

Limit


1 - 33

6. FAN CHARACTERISTICS CURVESP

EF

Y-V

MA

MEE15K052


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


60

50

40

30

20

10

0


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


130

120

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


170

160

150

140

130

120

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

10 15 20 10 15 20

10 15 20 10 15 20

10 15 20

Middle

High

Middle

High

Middle

High

Middle

High

Middle

High

Low Low

Low

Low

Low

Limit

Limit

Limit

Limit

Limit



1 - 34

PE

FY

-VM

A

MEE15K052

PEFY-WP40,50VMA-EExternal static pressure : 35PaPower source : 220-240V

Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


60

50

40

30

20

10

0


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


120

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


170

160

150

140

130

120

110

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

10 15 20 25 30 10 15 20 25 30

10 15 20 25 30 10 15 20 25 30

10 15 20 25 30

Middle

High

Middle

High

Middle

High

Middle

High

Middle

High

Low Low

LowLow

Low

Limit

Limit

Limit

Limit

Limit


1 - 35

7. OPTIONAL PARTSP

EF

Y-V

MA

MEE15K052

7. OPTIONAL PARTS7-1. Optional parts line up for the Indoor unit

7-2. Filter box

Filter box

PEFY-WP20VMA-EPEFY-WP25, 32VMA-EPEFY-WP40, 50VMA-E

PAC-KE91TB-EPAC-KE92TB-EPAC-KE93TB-E

PEFY-WP-VMA-E

Filter boxPAC-KE·TB-E

PEFY-WP-VMA-E

PAC-KE-TB-E

Item Screw Filter box Installation manual

Quantity 30 1

FLANGE

1 1

Shape

Detailed installation information should be referred to its Installation Manual.

1 2 3 4


1 - 36MEE15K052


1 - 37

Ceiling cassette (4-way flow type)

PLFY-WP-VBM-E

MEE15K052

I.Ceiling cassette (4-way flow type)

1. SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................................................................... 1 - 38




5. SOUND LEVELS ............................................................................................................................................. 1 - 42


6. TEMPERATURE/AIRFLOW DISTRIBUTIONS ............................................................................................... 1 - 43

6-1. Temperature distributions ........................................................................................................................ 1 - 436-2. Airflow distributions.................................................................................................................................. 1 - 44

7. OPTIONAL PARTS.......................................................................................................................................... 1 - 45

7-1. Optional parts line up for the Indoor unit.................................................................................................. 1 - 457-2. Air outlet shutter plate.............................................................................................................................. 1 - 457-3. High efficiency filter element .................................................................................................................... 1 - 467-4. Multi-function casement........................................................................................................................... 1 - 467-5. i-see sensor corner panel ........................................................................................................................ 1 - 477-6. Automatic filter elevation panel................................................................................................................ 1 - 477-7. Wireless signal receiver........................................................................................................................... 1 - 487-8. Space panel............................................................................................................................................. 1 - 487-9. Duct flange for fresh air intake................................................................................................................. 1 - 48

0000003899.BOOK 37 ページ２０１６年１月１３日　水曜日　午前１０時３４分

1 - 38

PL

FY

-VB

M

MEE15K052

1. SPECIFICATIONSI.Ceiling cassette (4-way flow type)1. SPECIFICATIONS

Model PLFY-WP32VBM-E PLFY-WP40VBM-E PLFY-WP50VBM-EPower source

5.64.53.6kW*1Cooling capacity4,8003,9003,100kcal/h*119,10015,40012,300BTU/h*1

0.050.040.04kWPower input0.450.350.35ACurrent input6.35.04.0kW*2Heating capacity

5,4004,3003,400kcal/h*221,50017,10013,600BTU/h*2

0.040.030.03kWPower input0.380.280.28ACurrent input

External finishExternal dimension H x W x D

in.Net weight kg(lbs)Heat exchanger

LWater VolumeFAN Type x Quantity

PaExternal static pressMotor Type

kWMotor outputDriving mechanism

13-15-17-1913-14-15-1613-14-15-16nim/3m

in. in.

Air flow rate217-250-283-317459-530-601-671

217-233-250-267459-494-530-565

217-233-250-267459-494-530-565

27-30-32-3427-29-30-3127-29-30-31

s/L (Low-Mid1-Mid2-High) cfm

dB<A>

Insulation materialAir filterProtection device Refrigerant control deviceConnectable outdoor unit/HBC controllerWater piping diameter

*3*4mm (in.) Field drain pipe size

Standard attachmentOptional parts

Automatic filter elevation panel **1Space panelAir outlet shutter plateHigh efficiency filter element **2Multi-function casementi-see sensor corner panelFlange for fresh air intakeWireless signal receiver**1.PLFY-P-VBM-E should use together with PLP-6BA(J).**2.PAC-SH53TM-E is necessary to use with filter PAC-SH59KF-E.

Remarks *Details on foundation work, duct work, insulation work, electrical wiring, power source switch, and other items shall be referred to the Installation Manual.*Due to continuing improvement, above specifications may be subject to change without notice.

Notes: Unit converter1.Nominal cooling conditions kcal/h =kW x 860

BTU/h =kW x 3,412 Indoor: 27°CD.B./19°CW.B. (81°FD.B./66°FW.B.), Outdoor: 35°CD.B. (95°FD.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.) cfm =m3/min x 35.312.Nominal heating conditions lbs =kg/0.4536 Indoor: 20°CD.B. (68°FD.B.), Outdoor: 7°CD.B./6°CW.B. (45°FD.B./43°FW.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.)3.Be sure to install a valve on the water outlet.4.Install a strainer (40 mesh or more) on the pipe next to the valve to remove the foreign matters.5.Please group units that operate on 1 branch.

PAR-SF9FA-E

PAC-SH51SP-E

PLP-6BAJPAC-SH48AS-E

PLP-6BA

PAC-SH59KF-EPAC-SH53TM-EPAC-SA1ME-EPAC-SH65OF-E

Installation Manual, Instruction Book

DC motor0.05

Direct-driven by motor

PSPP honeycomb

Fuse-

CITY MULTI YLM series/CMB-WP-V-GA1, CMB-WP-V-GB1Rc 3/4 screwRc 3/4 screw

O.D.32 (1-1/4)

Sound pressure level(Low-Mid1-Mid2-High)

1-phase 220-230-240 V 50/60Hz

Galvanized steel sheet258 x 840 x 840

10-3/16 x 33-3/32 x 33-3/3222(49)

Cross fin (Aluminum fin and copper tube)1.5

Turbo Fan × 10

mm

InletOutlet

Document accessoryDecoration panel **1


1 - 39

PL

FY

-VB

M

MEE15K052

2. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS2. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS

PLFY-WP32, 40, 50VBM-EUnit : mm


1 - 40

PL

FY

-VB

M

MEE15K052

3. CENTER OF GRAVITY3. CENTER OF GRAVITY

280 [11-1/32]280 [11-1/32]280 [11-1/32]

400 [15-3/4]400 [15-3/4]400 [15-3/4]

105 [4-5/32]105 [4-5/32]105 [4-5/32]

PLFY-WP32VBM-EPLFY-WP40VBM-EPLFY-WP50VBM-E

X Y Z(mm) [in]

Model name

Water pipe side

Water pipe

PLFY-WP32, 40, 50VBM-E


1 - 41

PL

FY

-VB

M

MEE15K052

4. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS4. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS

PLFY-WP32, 40, 50VBM-E


1 - 42

PL

FY

-VB

M

MEE15K052

5. SOUND LEVELS5. SOUND LEVELS5-1. Sound levels

5-2. NC curves


PLFY-WP-VBM-E

1.5m


PLFY-WP32VBM-E

PLFY-WP40VBM-E

PLFY-WP50VBM-E

27-29-30-31

27-29-30-31

27-30-32-34

Sound level dB (A)

Sound level at anechoic room: Low-Mid2-Mid1-High

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20

HighMiddle 50HzMiddle2 50HzLow 50Hz

50Hz

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8kOctave band center frequencies (Hz)

PLFY-WP50VBM-EExternal Static Pressure: 0PaPower Source: 220, 230, 240V, 50/60Hz

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20

HighMiddle 50HzMiddle2 50HzLow 50Hz

50Hz


PLFY-WP32, 40VBM-EExternal Static Pressure: 0PaPower Source: 220, 230, 240V, 50/60Hz


1 - 43

PL

FY

-VB

M

MEE15K052

6. TEMPERATURE/AIRFLOW DISTRIBUTIONS6. TEMPERATURE/AIRFLOW DISTRIBUTIONS6-1. Temperature distributions

• PLFY-WP32, 40VBM-E<Cooling mode> StandardFlow angle : 30° 4-way flowceiling height : 2.7 m

<Heating mode> StandardFlow angle : 60° 4-way flowceiling height : 2.7 m

• PLFY-WP50VBM-E<Cooling mode> StandardFlow angle : 30° 4-way flowceiling height : 2.7 m

<Heating mode> StandardFlow angle : 60° 4-way flowceiling height : 2.7 m

Note : These figures show typical temperature distributions in the conditions above. In the actual installation, they may differ from these figures under the influence of air temperature conditions, ceiling height, cooling/heating load,obstacles,etc.

0

2.7

2.0

1.0

0

2.7

2.0

1.0

3 32 21 10 3 32 21 10

He

igh

t <

m>

Floor distance <m> Floor distance <m>

He

igh

t <

m>

<˚C > <˚C >

0

2.7

2.0

1.0

0

2.7

2.0

1.0

3.5 3 3.532 21 10 3.5 3 3.532 21 10

He

igh

t <

m>


He

igh

t <

m>

<˚C > <˚C >

23 23

25 25

27 27

30

28

2626

24 24

28

30

23 23

25 25

27 27

24

30 30

26 26

28 28

24

2424

22

27 27


1 - 44

PL

FY

-VB

M

MEE15K052

6. TEMPERATURE/AIRFLOW DISTRIBUTIONS

6-2. Airflow distributions

<Cooling mode>Flow angle 30°

<Cooling mode>Flow angle 30°

<Heating mode>Flow angle 60°

<Heating mode>Flow angle 60°

PLFY-WP32, 40VBM-E

PLFY-WP50VBM-E

Note : These figures show typical airflow distributions in the conditions above. In the actual installation, they may differ from these figures under the influence of air temperature conditions, ceiling height, cooling/heating load,obstacles,etc.

0

2.7

2.0

1.0

0

2.7

2.0

1.0

3 32 21 10 3 32 21 10

Hei

ght <

m>

Floor distance <m> Floor distance <m>H

eigh

t <m

>

0

2.7

2.0

1.0

0

2.7

2.0

1.0

3.5 3 3 3.52 21 103.5 3 3 3.52 21 10

Hei

ght <

m>


Hei

ght <

m>

<m/s> <m/s>

<m/s> <m/s>2.5 2.5

1.51.5

2.0

1.0

0.5 0.5

1.0

2.01.5

1.0

0.5 0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0 2.0

3.02.5

1.0 1.0

2.53.0

2.0

1.0 1.0

2.0

1.5 1.5

0.5 0.50.5 0.5

2.0 2.0

1.5 1.5


1 - 45

PL

FY

-VB

M

MEE15K052

7. OPTIONAL PARTS7. OPTIONAL PARTS7-1. Optional parts line up for the Indoor unit

7-2. Air outlet shutter plate

Description Model

PLFY-WP-VBM-E

Air outlet shutter plateMulti-function casementHigh efficiency filter elementi-see Sensor corner panelAutomatic filter elevation panelWireless signal receiverSpace panelDuct flange for fresh air intake

PAC-SH51SP-EPAC-SH53TM-EPAC-SH59KF-EPAC-SA1ME-EPLP-6BAJPAR-SA9FA-EPAC-SH48AS-EPAC-SH65OF-E

PLFY-WP-VBM-E

Multi-function casementPAC-SH53TM-E

Air outlet shutter platePAC-SH51SP-E

High efficiency filter element PAC-SH59KF-E PAC-SH53TM-E is necessary to use with filter PAC-SH59KF-E.

Using the air outlet shutter plate to block the air outlet to modify the air-way from 4 to 3 or 2.With 1 PAC-SH51SP-E, 4 air-ways can be changed to 3;With 2 PAC-SH51SP-E, 4 air-ways can be changed to 2;Changing to 1 way is not allowed. Material: Foamed polyethylene + foamed urethane, color: Black

Item 1 Shutter plate

Quantity 2

Shape

2 Insulator

1



1 - 46

PL

FY

-VB

M

MEE15K052

7. OPTIONAL PARTS

7-3. High efficiency filter element

7-4. Multi-function casement

Life span: 2,500 hr (Dust concentration 0.15mg/m ); Colorimetric method 65% (JIS 11 class); No re-production.3

* The actual dust situation affects the filter life span, which should be considered at the applying site.Material: Electrostatic polyolefin fiberHigh efficiency filter element PAC-SH59KF-E should be used together with the Multi-function casement PAC-SH53TM-E. When using PAC-SH59KF-E, switching on SWC of the Indoor unit address board is needed. Details should be referred to its Installation Manual.

Quantity 1

Shape

Detailed installation information is referred in its Installation Manual.

Multi-function casement is used for High efficiency filter element and/or fresh air intake from outdoor.It should be used with High efficiency filter element PAC-SH59KF-E (Colorimetric method 65%).Fresh air intake on the Multi-function casement is possible from any 2 or less corners among the 4 ones.But duct and flange on the casement should be prepare locally.

Item Multi-functional casement

Insulator A for Decorative panel Insulator B for Decorative panel

Screw with washer (black) Screw

Quantity 1 4 8

4

Shape

M5X0.8X25 M5X0.8X12

Decoretive panel securing bracket

With insulator

Item

Quantity 1 1

Shape


1 2 3

4 5 6


1 - 47

PL

FY

-VB

M

MEE15K052

7. OPTIONAL PARTS

7-5. i-see sensor corner panel

7-6. Automatic filter elevation panel

i-see sensor provides comfortable space as it detects the floor temperature to prevent spotty temperature.And that enables the unit to save energy.AttentionMake sure that there are no gaps between the unit and the grille, and the grille and ceiling. It may cause dew dripping.

Item 1 i-see sensor corner panel

Quantity 1

Shape

2 Plastic fastener

2


3

· Air intake grille can be lifted and lowered automatically by wired remote controller (MA type) or wireless remote controller (Item 9).· Lowering the air intake grille allows you to clean the filter easily.· You can set up eight different stages of lowering distance for the air intake grille according to the set up location if desired. (Maximum : 4m)

ItemQuantity 1

Shape

4 1

Plastic fastener

3

Item

Quantity 1

Shape

ItemQuantity 1

Shape

4 1


Only threeare used

Wireless remote controller

Screw Screw Screw

Vane

M5X0.8X25

4X8 4X12 M5X10

(Used split into four pieces)

Decorative panel

Tag

Screw with washer Installation gauge

20

UP/DOWN Machine 1

Wirelesssignalreceiver

UP/DOWN Machine 2

Wire 1b

Wire 1a

Wire 2a Wire 2b

Fig.1

Detection switch


1 - 48

PL

FY

-VB

M

MEE15K052

7. OPTIONAL PARTS

7-7. Wireless signal receiver

7-8. Space panel

7-9. Duct flange for fresh air intake

Wireless signal receiver PAR-SF9FA-E/PAR-SA9FA-E is necessary for using wireless remote controllerPAR-SF9FA-E/PAR-SA9FA-E is a corner panel with the signal receiver for wireless remote controller.

Item

Quantity

Shape


Wireless signal receiver for VBM

1

Wireless signal receiver for VFM

1

Decorative cover for the installation when the ceiling height is low.

Quantity

Item

2 1

Shape

Space panel Gauge for installation

*only for VBM

Part to attach a duct to take in fresh air from outdoors.

Item

Quantity 1

Shape

Duct flange

1

Insulator

3

Screws (M4 x 10)

*only for VBM


1 - 49

Floor standing (Concealed type)

PFFY-WP-VLRMM-E

MEE15K052

I.Floor standing (Concealed type)

1. SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................................................................... 1 - 50




5. SOUND LEVELS ............................................................................................................................................. 1 - 55



0000003900.BOOK 49 ページ２０１６年１月１３日　水曜日　午前１０時４０分

1 - 50

PF

FY

1. SPECIFICATIONS

MEE15K052

I.Floor standing (Concealed type)1. SPECIFICATIONS

Model PFFY-WP20VLRMM-E PFFY-WP25VLRMM-E PFFY-WP32VLRMM-E PFFY-WP40VLRMM-E


Hz1-phase 220-230-240 V 50/60

Hz1-phase 220-230-240 V 50/60

Hz1-phase 220-230-240 V 50/60

Hz


(Nominal) *1 kcal/h 1,900 2,400 3,100 3,900

*1 BTU/h 7,500 9,600 12,300 15,400

*2 Power input kW 0.040 0.040 0.050 0.050

*2 Current input A 0.35 0.35 0.47 0.47


(Nominal) *3 kcal/h 2,200 2,800 3,400 4,300

*3 BTU/h 8,500 10,900 13,600 17,100

*2 Power input kW 0.040 0.040 0.050 0.050

*2 Current input A 0.35 0.35 0.47 0.47


External dimension H x W x D mm 639 x 886 x 220 639 x 1,006 x 220 639 x 1,006 x 220 639 x 1,246 x 220

in. 25-3/16 x 34-15/16 x 8-11/16 25-3/16 x 39-5/8 x 8-11/16 25-3/16 x 39-5/8 x 8-11/16 25-3/16 x 49-1/16 x 8-11/16

Net weight kg (lbs) 22 (49) 25 (56) 25 (56) 29 (64)





copper tube)



*4 External static press. Pa 20 - <40> - <60> 20 - <40> - <60> 20 - <40> - <60> 20 - <40> - <60>

mmH2O 2.0 - <4.1> - <6.1> 2.0 - <4.1> - <6.1> 2.0 - <4.1> - <6.1> 2.0 - <4.1> - <6.1>


Motor output kW 0.096 0.096 0.096 0.096



m3/min 4.5 - 5.0 - 6.0 6.0 - 7.0 - 8.0 7.5 - 9.0 - 10.5 8.0 - 10.0 - 11.5

L/s 75 - 83 - 100 100 - 117 - 133 125 - 150 - 175 133 - 167 - 192

cfm 159 - 177 - 212 212 - 247 - 282 265 - 318 - 371 282 - 353 - 406


*2 dB <A> 31-33-38 31-33-38 31-35-38 34-37-40

Insulation materialPolyethylene foam, Urethane

foamPolyethylene foam, Urethane



foam




Connectable outdoor unitCITY MULTI YLM series/



V-GB1


V-GB1


V-GB1

Water piping diameter Inlet in. Rc 3/4 screw Rc 3/4 screw Rc 3/4 screw Rc 3/4 screw


Field drain pipe size mm (in.)I.D.26 (1) <Accessory hose O.D.27 (1-3/32) (top end:

O.D.20 (13/16))>

I.D.26 (1) <Accessory hose O.D.27 (1-3/32) (top end:

O.D.20 (13/16))>


O.D.20 (13/16))>


O.D.20 (13/16))>

Drawing External KD94T792X01 KD94T792X01 KD94T792X01 KD94T792X01

Wiring KD94T791X01 KD94T791X01 KD94T791X01 KD94T791X01






tion Book

Accessory

Insulation pipe for water pipe, Drain hose (flexible joint),

Screw plate, Level adjusting screw, Hose band







Optional parts




1.Nominal cooling conditions Indoor: 27 °CD.B./19 °CW.B. (81 °FD.B./66 °FW.B.), Outdoor: 35 °CD.B. (95 °FD.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.) 2.The values are measured at the factory setting of external static pressure. 3.Nominal heating conditions Indoor: 20 °CD.B. (68 °FD.B.), Outdoor: 7 °CD.B./6 °CW.B. (45 °FD.B./43 °FW.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.) 4.The factory setting of external static pressure is shown without < >. Refer to "Fan characteristics curves", according to the external static pressure, in DATA BOOK for the usable range of air flow rate. 5.Be sure to install a valve on the water outlet. 6.Install a strainer (40 mesh or more) on the pipe next to the valve to remove the foreign matters. 7.Please group units that operate on 1 branch.

kcal/h =kW x 860

BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




1 - 51

PF

FY

1. SPECIFICATIONS

MEE15K052

Model PFFY-WP50VLRMM-E


Hz



*1 BTU/h 19,100





*3 BTU/h 21,500




External dimension H x W x D mm 639 x 1,246 x 220

in. 25-3/16 x 49-1/16 x 8-11/16



copper tube)

Water Volume L 1.5

FAN Type x Quantity Sirocco fan x 2

*4 External static press. Pa 20 - <40> - <60>

mmH2O 2.0 - <4.1> - <6.1>

Motor Type DC motor


Driving mechanism Direct-driven by motor

Air flow rate (Low-Mid-High)

m3/min 10.5 - 13.0 - 15.0

L/s 175 - 217 - 250

cfm 371 - 459 - 530

Sound pressure level (measured in anechoic room) (Low-Mid-High)

*2 dB <A> 37-42-45

Insulation materialPolyethylene foam, Urethane

foam

Air filter PP honeycomb fabric.

Protection device Fuse

Refrigerant control device -

Connectable outdoor unitCITY MULTI YLM series/


Water piping diameter Inlet in. Rc 3/4 screw

*5 *6 Outlet in. Rc 3/4 screw

Field drain pipe size mm (in.)I.D.26 (1) <Accessory hose O.D.27 (1-3/32) (top end:

O.D.20 (13/16))>

Drawing External KD94T792X01

Wiring KD94T791X01

Refrigerant cycle -


tion Book

Accessory



Optional parts




1.Nominal cooling conditions Indoor: 27 °CD.B./19 °CW.B. (81 °FD.B./66 °FW.B.), Outdoor: 35 °CD.B. (95 °FD.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.) 2.The values are measured at the factory setting of external static pressure. 3.Nominal heating conditions Indoor: 20 °CD.B. (68 °FD.B.), Outdoor: 7 °CD.B./6 °CW.B. (45 °FD.B./43 °FW.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.) 4.The factory setting of external static pressure is shown without < >. Refer to "Fan characteristics curves", according to the external static pressure, in DATA BOOK for the usable range of air flow rate. 5.Be sure to install a valve on the water outlet. 6.Install a strainer (40 mesh or more) on the pipe next to the valve to remove the foreign matters. 7.Please group units that operate on 1 branch.

kcal/h =kW x 860

BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




1 - 52

PF

FY


MEE15K052


PFFY-WP20, 25, 32, 40, 50VLRMM-EUnit : mm

Wat

er p

ipe (F

rom

HBC

unit

)Rc

3/4

scre

w

Air p

urge

val

ve

21

2-12

X16

Floo

r mou

ntin

g ho

le

Floor mountinghole pitch

2XF-

ø4.7

Duct

mou

ntin

g ho

le

Cont

rol b

ox

2-ø4

.7Du

ct m

ount

ing

hole

2X2-

12X1

6

Term

inal

bed

(Pow

er s

ouce

)

Knoc

kout

hol

e ø2

7(P

ower

sou

ce w

iring

)

Term

inal

bed

(Tra

nsm

issio

n)

Knoc

kout

hol

e ø2

7(T

rans

miss

ion

wirin

g)

Leve

l adj

ustin

g sc

rew

4 pc

s. (a

ttach

ed)

Air f

ilter

Drai

n pa

n

Sub

drai

n pa

n

Drain

hose

(acce

ssory)

O.D.2

7mm

(End O

.D.20

mm)

(Wall mounting hole pitch)

Wal

l mou

ntin

g ho

leAi

r out

let

Air i

nlet

Wat

er p

ipe (T

o HB

C un

it)R/

c 3/4

scre

w

Rc3/

4 sc

rew

(From

HBC

unit)

(To H

BC un

it)

PFFY

-WP4

0VLR

MM

-EPF

FY-W

P32V

LRM

M-E

PFFY

-WP5

0VLR

MM

-E

Mod

el

Dim

ensio

ns

PFFY

-WP2

0VLR

MM

-E

PFFY

-WP2

5VLR

MM

-E

400

60

63

410

G

108

48

61 445

106

96

(75)

7735

A17

5

D

17030038543

84

15

15

9

120

EC

29

220

10

49

3098

7690

639

B (W

all m

ount

ing

hole

pitc

h)

B (F

loor

mou

ntin

g ho

le p

itch)

8

2 W

ater p

ipe1

Wate

r pipe

AB

CD

EF

G

1246

760

780

1000

1020

692

932

730

970

480

720

5 7

1006886

640

660

572

610

360

4

45


1 - 53

PF

FY


MEE15K052


PFFY-WP20, 25, 32, 40, 50VLRMM-E

PFFY-WP20VLRMM-EPFFY-WP25VLRMM-EPFFY-WP32VLRMM-EPFFY-WP40VLRMM-EPFFY-WP50VLRMM-E

W L X Z(mm)[in]

Model name335 [13-1/4]335 [13-1/4]335 [13-1/4]335 [13-1/4]335 [13-1/4]

17 [11/16]17 [11/16]17 [11/16]17 [11/16]17 [11/16]

100 [3-15/16]100 [3-15/16]100 [3-15/16]100 [3-15/16]100 [3-15/16]

640 [25-1/4]760 [29-15/16]

1000 [39-3/8]760 [29-15/16]

1000 [39-3/8]

X W

Z

L

Floor hole for fixing


1 - 54

PF

FY


MEE15K052


PFFY-WP20, 25, 32, 40, 50VLRMM-E3

32

20

01

19

98

87

75

54

46

67 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 0FEDCBA9

SWC

I.B.

SW

14(C

onne

ction

No.

)

SW7

SW

12(1

0ths

digi

t) S

W11

(1s d

igit)

SW1

A.B

.

SW5

SWA

Fan

mot

or NOTE

: Sym

bols

used

in w

iring

diagr

am a

bove

are

,

(HEA

VY D

OTTE

D LI

NE):

FIEL

D W

IRIN

G

(THI

N DO

TTED

LIN

E): O

PTIO

NAL

PART

S

: CON

NECT

OR

: TER

MIN

AL

The

rmist

or (p

iping

tem

p.de

tecti

on/w

ater

in)

The

rmist

or (p

iping

tem

p.de

tecti

on/w

ater

out

)

Swi

tch (f

or m

ode

selec

tion)

At re

ceivi

ng M

A tra

nsm

ission

pow

er so

urce

→ L

ightin

g

Swi

tch (f

or ca

pacit

y cod

e)

Swi

tch (1

0ths

digi

t add

ress

set)

Swi

tch (f

or st

atic

pres

sure

selec

tion)

Swi

tch (f

or st

atic

pres

sure

selec

tion)

Swi

tch (c

onne

ction

No.

set)

Swi

tch (f

or m

ode

selec

tion)

Swi

tch (f

or m

odel

selec

tion)

Con

necto

r (em

erge

ncy o

pera

tion)

Swi

tch (f

or m

ode

selec

tion)

Swi

tch (f

or m

odel

selec

tion)

Tra

nsm

ission

term

inal b

lock

Fus

e <A

C250

V 6.

3A>

Arre

ster

AC

reac

tor(P

ower

facto

r im

prov

emen

t)

Var

istor

TB15

FUSE

DSA

L1ZNR0

1,02

TH21

The

rmist

or (i

nlet a

ir te

mp.

dete

ction

)

TH23

TH22

N

AME

LED

ope

ratio

n un

der n

orm

al s

tate

SYM

BOL

SYM

BOL

SYM

BOL

I.B

.

A.B

.

LED1

Indo

or co

ntro

ller b

oard

Add

ress

boa

rd

At a

pplyi

ng m

ain p

ower

sour

ce →

Ligh

ting

Swi

tch (1

s digi

t add

ress

set)

SW2

SW3

SW11

SW12

SWA

SW14

SWC

SW1

LED2

SW4

SWE

TB2

TB5

Tra

nsm

ission

term

inal b

lock

Pow

er so

urce

term

inal b

lock

SYM

BOL

EXPL

ANAT

ION N

AME

SW5

SW7

CN27

CN41

CN51

CN52

CN90

CN10

0

Con

necto

r (HA

term

inal-A

) C

onne

ctor (

Cent

rally

cont

rol)

Con

necto

r (Re

mot

e ind

icatio

n) C

onne

ctor (

Wire

less)

Con

necto

r (IT

term

inal)

Con

necto

r (Da

mpe

r)CN

32 C

onne

ctor (

Rem

ote

switc

h)

12

34

5

81

45

MS

3~

54

18

12

34

5

311

23

45

54

18

13

24

81

32

4

3

56

7

14

56

1

7

11

52

26

33

74

48

12

13

51

32

41

2

42

31 1

21

3

IT te

rmina

l

CN10

0

CN52

(Gre

en)

CN10

0

IT te

rmina

l(P

AC-IT

51AD

-E)

CN51

IT te

rmina

l(P

AC-IT

52AD

-E)

CN10

0

CN4F

(Gre

en)

(Blue

)

(Red

)(R

ed)

(Red

)

(Red

)

LED1

CN62

FUSE

CN82

ZNR0

2

DSA

LED2

DC3

10~3

40V

Rec

tify

circ

uit

(Blue

)

POW

ER S

UPPL

Y~2

20, 2

30, 2

40V

50,

60H

z

TO N

EXT

INDO

OR U

NIT

CN3A

CNM

F

PULL

BOX

CND

CN2M

SW2

SW4

SW3

CN90

BREA

KER

(16A

)

CN42

CN81

CN32

CN27 CN

20CN

44CN

41CN

52

SWEON

OFF

CN51

U

(Blac

k)

UZN

R01

FUSE

(16A

)

LN TB2

L1

t°t°

t°

TB5

TB15

M12

M21

S(SH

IELD

)

TH21

TH23

TH22

*A

*A In c

onne

ctin

g op

tiona

l IT

term

inal

,us

e ei

ther

CN

51 o

r CN

52 w

hich

isno

t con

nect

ed.

Be

care

ful f

or c

onne

ctor

col

ors.

INSI

DE S

ECTI

ON O

F CO

NTRO

L BO

X

OPER

ATIO

N OF

LED

FOR

INDO

OR C

IRCU

IT B

OARD

SER

VICE

only

PFFY

-WP4

0·50

VLRM

M-E

TO M

A RE

MOT

E CO

NTRO

LLER

TO O

UTDO

OR U

NIT

BC C

ONTR

OLLE

RRE

MOTE

CON

TROL

LER


1 - 55

PF

FY

5. SOUND LEVELS

MEE15K052

5. SOUND LEVELS5-1. Sound levels

5-2. NC curves

PFFY-WP-VLRMM-E Sound level at anechoic room : Low-Middle-High

Sound level dB (A)

20Pa 40Pa 60Pa

PFFY-WP20VLRMM-E 31-33-38 32-37-39 36-38-42

PFFY-WP25VLRMM-E 31-33-38 32-37-39 36-38-42

PFFY-WP32VLRMM-E 31-35-38 34-37-40 36-40-42

PFFY-WP40VLRMM-E 34-37-40 37-39-43 37-41-44

PFFY-WP50VLRMM-E 37-42-45 38-44-47 39-45-48

* Measured in anechoic room

1.0m

1.0m

1.0m


Aux. duct

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB)

0dB

=20μ

Pa


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB)

0dB

=20μ

Pa


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB)

0dB

=20μ

Pa


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB)

0dB

=20μ

Pa


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB)

0dB

=20μ

Pa


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB)

0dB

=20μ

Pa


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB)

0dB

=20μ

Pa


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB)

0dB

=20μ

Pa


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB)

0dB

=20μ

Pa


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz

PFFY-WP25VLRMM-EExternal Static Pressure: 20PaPower Source: 220-230-240V, 50/60Hz










1 - 56

PF

FY

5. SOUND LEVELS

MEE15K052

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB)

0dB

=20μ

Pa


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB)

0dB

=20μ

Pa


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB)

0dB

=20μ

Pa


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB)

0dB

=20μ

Pa


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB)

0dB

=20μ

Pa


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB)

0dB

=20μ

Pa


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20



50/60Hz








1 - 57

PF

FY


MEE15K052


50

40

30

20

10

0

0

10

20

3070

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

PFFY-WP20VLRMM-EExternal static pressure : 40Pa Power source : 220-230-240V, 50/60Hz







Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)

4 5 6 7 8

4 5 6 7 8

0

10

20

30

4 5 6 7 8

5 6 7 8 9 10

5 6 7 8 9 10

High

Middle

Low

High

Middle

Low

High

Low

Middle

LimitLimit

Limit

5 6 7 8 9 100

10

20

30

40

50

High

Low

Middle

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

High

Low

Limit

Middle

High

Low

Limit

Middle


1 - 58

PF

FY


MEE15K052

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

50

40

30

20

10

0


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)

Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)



Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)

0

10

20

30

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 87 9 10 11 12 13 14

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1487 9 10 11 12 13 14

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

30

0

50

40

30

20

10

0







10

20

Limit

High

Low

Middle

Limit

High

Low

Middle

Limit High

Low

Middle

Limit

Low

Middle

High

Limit

High

Low

Middle

LimitHigh

Low

Middle


1 - 59

PF

FY


MEE15K052


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)


Stat

ic p

ress

ure

(Pa)




70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

30

20

10

0

50

40

30

20

10

0

Limit

High

Low

High

Limit

Middle

Low

Middle

Limit

High

Low

Middle


1 - 60MEE15K052


1 - 61

HBC controller


MEE15K052

I.HBC controller

1. SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................................................................... 1 - 62




5. SOUND LEVELS ............................................................................................................................................. 1 - 75


0000003901.BOOK 61 ページ２０１６年２月１８日　木曜日　午前１１時４分

1 - 62

HB

C

1. SPECIFICATIONS

MEE15K052

I.HBC controller1. SPECIFICATIONS

Model name CMB-WP108V-GA1

Number of branch 8

Power source 1-phase 220-230-240 V

50 Hz 60 Hz

Power input Cooling kW 0.45/0.46/0.47 0.45/0.46/0.47

(220/230/240) Heating kW 0.45/0.46/0.47 0.45/0.46/0.47

Current input Cooling A 2.89/2.83/2.79 2.89/2.83/2.79

(220/230/240) Heating A 2.89/2.83/2.79 2.89/2.83/2.79

Sound pressure level (measured in anechoice room) dB <A> 41

Applicable temperature range of installation site °C (D.B.) 0~32


(Lower part drain pan: Pre-coated galvanized sheets + powder coating)

Connectable outdoor/heat source unit PURY-P200~500YLM-A1(-BS)/PURY-EP200~500YLM-A1(-BS)/PQRY-P200~500YLM-A(-BS)

Indoor unit capacity connectable to 1 branchModel P80 or smaller

(Use optional joint pipe combing 2 branches when the total unit capacity exceeds P81)

External dimension H x W x Dmm 300 x 1,520 x 630

in. 11-13/16 x 59-7/8 x 24-13/16

Refrigerant piping diameter

To outdoor/heat source unitConnectable outdoor/heat source unit capacity

To P200 To P250/300 To P350 To P400 for each To P450/500 for each

High press. Pipemm (in.)

O.D.15.88 (5/8)

Brazed19.05 (3/4)

Brazed19.05 (3/4)

Brazed15.88 (5/8)

Brazed19.05 (3/4)

Brazed

Low press. Pipemm (in.)

O.D.19.05 (3/4)

Brazed22.2 (7/8)Brazed

28.58 (1-1/8)Brazed

19.05 (3/4)Brazed

22.2 (7/8)Brazed

Water piping diameter

To Indoor unit

Inlet Pipemm (in.)

I.D.20 (3/4)

Outlet Pipemm (in.)

I.D.20 (3/4)

Field drain pipe size mm (in.) O.D. 32 (1-1/4)

Net weight kg (lbs) 86 (190) [96 (212) with water]

Standardattachment

Document –

Accessory Drain Connection pipe (with flexible hose and insulation)

Optional parts –

Note 1.Works not included: Installation/foundation work, electrical connection work, duct work, insulation work, power source switch, and other items are not specified in this specifications.

2.The equipment is for R410A refrigerant.

3.Install this product in a location where noise (refrigerant noise) emitted by the unit will not disturb the neighbors. (For use in quiet environments with low background noise, position the HBC CONTROLLER at least 5 m away from any indoor units.)

4.Please install the HBC controller in a place where noise will not be an issue.

5.Please attach an expansion vessel (field supply).

6.Please use copper or plastic pipes for the water circuit. Do not use steel or stainless steel pipework. Furthermore, when using copper pipework use a non-oxidative brazing method. Oxidation of the pipework will reduce the pump life.

7.When brazing the pipes, be sure to braze, after covering a wet cloth to the insulation pipes of the units in order to prevent it from burning and shrinking by heat.

8.Please install an air purge valve where air will gather in the water circuit.

9.Please install a pressure reducing valve and a strainer on the water supply to the HBC controller.

10.Please refer to the databook or the installation manual for the specified water quality.

11.This unit is not designed for outside installations.

12.Please always make water circulate or pull out the circulation water completely when not using it. *Please do not use it as a drinking water.

13.Please do not use ground water and well water.

14.When installing the HBC unit in an environment which may drop below 0 °C, please add antifreeze to the circulating water. (Refer to the databook and the installation manual).


1 - 63

1. SPECIFICATIONSH

BC

MEE15K052

Model name CMB-WP1016V-GA1

Number of branch 16


50 Hz 60 Hz


(220/230/240) Heating kW 0.45/0.46/0.47 0.45/0.46/0.47


(220/230/240) Heating A 2.89/2.83/2.79 2.89/2.83/2.79

Sound pressure level (measured in anechoice room) dB <A> 41


External finishGalvanized steel plate


Connectable outdoor/heat source unit PURY-P200~500YLM-A1(-BS)/PURY-EP200~500YLM-A1(-BS)/PQRY-P200~500YLM-A(-BS)




in. 11-13/16 x 70-7/8 x 24-13/16



To P200 To P250/300 To P350 To P400 for each To P450/500 for each


O.D.15.88 (5/8)

Brazed19.05 (3/4)

Brazed19.05 (3/4)

Brazed15.88 (5/8)

Brazed19.05 (3/4)

Brazed


O.D.19.05 (3/4)

Brazed22.2 (7/8)

Brazed28.58 (1-1/8)

Brazed19.05 (3/4)

Brazed22.2 (7/8)

Brazed


To Indoor unit

Inlet Pipemm (in.)

I.D.20 (3/4)

Outlet Pipemm (in.)

I.D.20 (3/4)



Standardattachment

Document –


Optional parts –


2.The equipment is for R410A refrigerant.

3.Install this product in a location where noise (refrigerant noise) emitted by the unit will not disturb the neighbors. (For use in quiet environments with low background noise, position the HBC CONTROLLER at least 5 m away from any indoor units.)

4.Please install the HBC controller in a place where noise will not be an issue.





9.Please install a pressure reducing valve and a strainer on the water supply to the HBC controller.





14.When installing the HBC unit in an environment which may drop below 0 °C, please add antifreeze to the circulating water. (Refer to the databook and the installation manual).


1 - 64

HB

C

1. SPECIFICATIONS

MEE15K052

Model name CMB-WP108V-GB1

Number of branch 8


50 Hz 60 Hz


(220/230/240) Heating kW 0.01/0.01/0.01 0.01/0.01/0.01


(220/230/240) Heating A 0.05/0.05/0.05 0.05/0.05/0.05

Sound pressure level (measured in anechoice room) dB <A> –




Connectable outdoor/heat source unit –




in. 11-13/16 x 59-7/8 x 24-13/16



– – – – –


O.D.– – – – –


O.D.– – – – –


To Indoor unit

Inlet Pipemm (in.)

I.D.20 (3/4)

Outlet Pipemm (in.)

I.D.20 (3/4)



Standardattachment

Document –


Optional parts –


2.The equipment is for water.

3.Install this product in a location where noise (refrigerant noise) emitted by the unit will not disturb the neighbors. (For use in quiet environments with low background noise, position the Sub HBC CONTROLLER at least 5 m away from any indoor units.)

4.Please install the Sub HBC controller in a place where noise will not be an issue.









13.When installing the Sub HBC unit in an environment which may drop below 0 °C, please add antifreeze to the circulating water. (Refer to the databook and the installation manual).

14.Can't use singleness. (MAIN HBC CONTROLLER is necessary)


1 - 65

1. SPECIFICATIONSH

BC

MEE15K052

Model name CMB-WP1016V-GB1

Number of branch 16


50 Hz 60 Hz


(220/230/240) Heating kW 0.01/0.01/0.01 0.01/0.01/0.01


(220/230/240) Heating A 0.05/0.05/0.05 0.05/0.05/0.05

Sound pressure level (measured in anechoice room) dB <A> –


External finishGalvanized steel plate


Connectable outdoor/heat source unit –




in. 11-13/16 x 59-7/8 x 24-13/16



– – – – –


O.D.– – – – –


O.D.– – – – –


To Indoor unit

Inlet Pipemm (in.)

I.D.20 (3/4)

Outlet Pipemm (in.)

I.D.20 (3/4)



Standardattachment

Document –


Optional parts –


2.The equipment is for water.

3.Install this product in a location where noise (refrigerant noise) emitted by the unit will not disturb the neighbors. (For use in quiet environments with low background noise, position the Sub HBC CONTROLLER at least 5 m away from any indoor units.)

4.Please install the Sub HBC controller in a place where noise will not be an issue.









13.When installing the Sub HBC unit in an environment which may drop below 0 °C, please add antifreeze to the circulating water. (Refer to the databook and the installation manual).

14.Can't use singleness. (MAIN HBC CONTROLLER is necessary)


1 - 66

HB

C


MEE15K052


Cutti

ng p

oint

Drai

n ho

se I.

D.32

(1-1

/4")

(Acc

esso

ry)

Band

(Acc

esso

ry)

Drai

n pi

ping

VP-

25 C

onne

ctio

n

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe to

SUB

HBC

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe fr

om S

UB H

BC

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe fr

om S

UB H

BC

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe to

SUB

HBC

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe fr

om in

door

uni

t

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe to

indo

or u

nit

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe fr

om M

AIN

HBC

ø15.

88

Wat

er p

ipe(

EXP.

Tank

)

Wat

er p

ipe(

Inle

t)

X

Y

Z

(Lift

ing

bolt

pitc

h)

Cont

rol b

ox

(Lifting bolt pitch)

12

34

56

78

ø22.

0(us

e at

tach

men

t pip

e)[F

ield

sup

ply]

ø22.

0(us

e at

tach

men

t pip

e)[F

ield

sup

ply]

(Hig

h pr

essu

re)

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe o

f out

door

/hea

t sou

rce

unit

ø19.

05

(Low

pre

ssur

e)Co

nnec

tion

pipe

of o

utdo

or/h

eat s

ourc

e un

itø2

2.2<

Braz

ed>

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]ø2

2.0(

use

atta

chm

ent p

ipe)

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]ø2

2.0(

use

atta

chm

ent p

ipe)

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]ø2

2.0(

use

atta

chm

ent p

ipe)

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]ø2

2.0(

use

atta

chm

ent p

ipe)

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]ø2

2.0(

use

atta

chm

ent p

ipe)

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]ø2

2.0(

use

atta

chm

ent p

ipe)

Deta

il of X

sec

tion

Deta

il of Z

sec

tion

Deta

il of Y

sec

tion

Serv

ice s

pace

Serv

ice s

pace

Acce

ssdo

or45

0 □Ac

cess

door

450 □

<Acc

esso

ries>

·Dra

in h

ose

I.D.3

2(1-

1/4"

)·····

······

······

····1

pc.

·Hos

e ba

nd···

······

······

······

······

······

······

·1pc

. ·T

ie b

and·

······

······

······

······

······

······

······

1pc.

·Wre

nch·

······

······

······

······

······

······

······

·1pc

.

Note

1.Su

spen

sion

bolt(

ø10)

,was

her(M

10),a

nd n

ut(M

10)

pr

epar

e in

the

field

.

2

.Tak

e no

tice

of s

ervic

e sp

ace

as fo

llows

.

(

Plea

se g

ive a

ttent

ion

not t

o oc

cupy

ser

vice

spac

e by

letti

ng d

ucts

and

pip

es th

roug

h.)

412

70

70X7

=490

447

7070

X7=4

90

74

148

153

180

84

154

73

103

151

181

4361

63

63

54090

157 21

6

224 27

2

286

1321 13

91 1520

1379

543

3

300

200

4427

6

31

ø31

1230

14

100 120200(700)

250

160

300

160

Serv

ice s

pace

Serv

icesp

ace

CMB-WP108V-GA1Unit : mm


1 - 67

2. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONSH

BC

MEE15K052

Serv

ice s

pace

Serv

icesp

ace

Cutti

ng p

oint

Drai

n ho

se I.

D.32

(1-1

/4")

(Acc

esso

ry)

Band

(Acc

esso

ry)

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe to

SUB

HBC

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe fr

om S

UB H

BC

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe fr

om S

UB H

BC

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe to

SUB

HBC

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe to

indo

or u

nit

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe o

f out

door

/hea

t sou

rce

unit

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe o

f out

door

/hea

t sou

rce

unit

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe fr

om M

AIN

HBC

Wat

er p

ipe(

EXP.

Tank

)

Wat

er p

ipe(

Inle

t)

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe fr

om in

door

uni

t

XZ

Y

Drai

n pi

ping

VP-

25 C

onne

ctio

n


(Lift

ing

bolt

pitc

h)

12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

Cont

rol b

ox

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]

ø22.

0(us

e at

tach

men

t pip

e)[F

ield

sup

ply]

(Hig

h pr

essu

re)

ø22.

2 

(Low

pre

ssur

e)

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]

ø22.

0(us

e at

tach

men

t pip

e)[F

ield

sup

ply]

ø22.

0(us

e at

tach

men

t pip

e)[F

ield

sup

ply] ø2

2.0(

use

atta

chm

ent p

ipe)

ø22.

0(us

e at

tach

men

t pip

e)

ø22.

0(us

e at

tach

men

t pip

e)

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]ø2

2.0(

use

atta

chm

ent p

ipe)

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]ø2

2.0(

use

atta

chm

ent p

ipe)

ø15.

88

ø19.

05

Deta

il of X

sec

tion

Deta

il of Z

sec

tion

Deta

il of Y

sec

tion

Serv

ice s

pace

Serv

ice s

pace

<Acc

esso

ries>

·Dra

in h

ose

I.D.3

2(1-

1/4"

)·····

······

······

····1

pc.

·Hos

e ba

nd···

······

······

······

······

······

······

·1pc

. ·T

ie b

and·

······

······

······

······

······

······

······

1pc.

·Wre

nch·

······

······

······

······

······

······

······

·1pc

.

Note

1.Su

spen

sion

bolt(

ø10)

,was

her(M

10),a

nd n

ut(M

10)

pr

epar

e in

the

field

.

2

.Tak

e no

tice

of s

ervic

e sp

ace

as fo

llows

.

(Ple

ase

give

atte

ntio

n no

t to

occu

py s

ervic

e sp

ace

by

le

tting

duc

ts a

nd p

ipes

thro

ugh.

)

543

1800

70X1

5=10

50

84

447

70

70X1

5=10

50

70

412

74

148

153

180

73

103151

181

157 21

6

224 27

2

286

1601 16

711659

54090

4361

63

63 154

300

3

4427

6

200

31

ø31

1230

14

200(700)

300

300

300

100 120250

Acce

ssdo

or45

0 □Ac

cess

door

450 □

CMB-WP1016V-GA1Unit : mm


1 - 68

HB

C


MEE15K052

Serv

icesp

ace

Serv

ice s

pace


(Lift

ing

bolt

pitc

h)

Cont

rol b

ox

ø22.

0(us

e at

tach

men

t pip

e)[F

ield

sup

ply]

ø22.

0(us

e at

tach

men

t pip

e)[F

ield

sup

ply]

12

34

56

78

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]ø2

2.0(

use

atta

chm

ent p

ipe)

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]ø2

2.0(

use

atta

chm

ent p

ipe)

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]ø2

2.0(

use

atta

chm

ent p

ipe)

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]ø2

2.0(

use

atta

chm

ent p

ipe)

Deta

il of X

sec

tion

Deta

il of Z

sec

tion

Deta

il of Y

sec

tion

Serv

ice s

pace

Serv

ice s

pace

<Acc

esso

ries>

·Dra

in h

ose

I.D.3

2(1-

1/4"

)·····

······

······

····1

pc.

·Hos

e ba

nd···

······

······

······

······

······

······

·1pc

. ·T

ie b

and·

······

······

······

······

······

······

······

1pc.

Note

1.Su

spen

sion

bolt(

ø10)

,was

her(M

10),a

nd n

ut(M

10)

pr

epar

e in

the

field

.

2

.Tak

e no

tice

of s

ervic

e sp

ace

as fo

llows

.

(Ple

ase

give

atte

ntio

n no

t to

occu

py s

ervic

e sp

ace

by

le

tting

duc

ts a

nd p

ipes

thro

ugh.

)

Drai

n ho

se I.

D.32

(1-1

/4")

(Acc

esso

ry)

Band

(Acc

esso

ry)

Cutti

ng p

oint

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe fr

om M

AIN

HBC

Drai

n pi

ping

VP-

25 C

onne

ctio

n

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe fr

om M

AIN

HBC

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe to

MAI

N HB

C

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe to

MAI

N HB

C

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe fr

om in

door

uni

t

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe to

indo

or u

nit

X

Y

Z

73

103

141

171

84

154

290

70

70X7

=490

325

7070

X7=4

90

54090

543

1379

149 21

9

1520

300

66

63

3

200

276

44

ø31

1230

14

100 120200(700)

250

160

300

160

Acce

ssdo

or45

0 □Ac

cess

door

450 □

CMB-WP108V-GB1Unit : mm


1 - 69

2. EXTERNAL DIMENSIONSH

BC

MEE15K052

Drai

n ho

se I.

D.32

(1-1

/4")

(Acc

esso

ry)

Band

(Acc

esso

ry)

Cutti

ng p

oint

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe fr

om in

door

uni

t

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe to

indo

or u

nit

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe fr

om M

AIN

HBC

Drai

n pi

ping

VP-

25 C

onne

ctio

n

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe fr

om M

AIN

HBC

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe to

MAI

N HB

C

Conn

ectio

n pi

pe to

MAI

N HB

C

X

Y

Z

73

103

141

171

84

154

290

70

70X1

5=10

50

325

70

70X1

5=10

50

54090

543

1379

149 21

9

1520

300

66

63

3

44

276

200

ø31

1230

14

100 120200

(700)

250

160

300

160 Se

rvice

spac

e

Serv

ice s

pace


(Lift

ing

bolt

pitc

h)

Cont

rol b

ox

ø22.

0(us

e at

tach

men

t pip

e)[F

ield

sup

ply]

ø22.

0(us

e at

tach

men

t pip

e)[F

ield

sup

ply]

12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]ø2

2.0(

use

atta

chm

ent p

ipe)

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]ø2

2.0(

use

atta

chm

ent p

ipe)

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]ø2

2.0(

use

atta

chm

ent p

ipe)

[Fie

ld s

uppl

y]ø2

2.0(

use

atta

chm

ent p

ipe)

Deta

il of X

sec

tion

Deta

il of Z

sec

tion

Deta

il of Y

sec

tion

Serv

ice s

pace

Serv

ice s

pace

<Acc

esso

ries>

·Dra

in h

ose

I.D.3

2(1-

1/4"

)·····

······

······

····1

pc.

·Hos

e ba

nd···

······

······

······

······

······

······

·1pc

. ·T

ie b

and·

······

······

······

······

······

······

······

1pc.

Note

1.Su

spen

sion

bolt(

ø10)

,was

her(M

10),a

nd n

ut(M

10)

pre

pare

in th

e fie

ld.

2.T

ake

notic

e of

ser

vice

spac

e as

follo

ws.

(Ple

ase

give

atte

ntio

n no

t to

occu

py s

ervic

e sp

ace

by

letti

ng d

ucts

and

pip

es th

roug

h.)

Acce

ssdo

or45

0 □Ac

cess

door

450 □

CMB-WP1016V-GB1Unit : mm


1 - 70

HB

C


MEE15K052


CMB-WP108, 1016V-GA1CMB-WP108, 1016V-GB1

xz

y

543 A

Center of gravityIndoor unit branching point

A (mm)x (mm)y (mm)z (mm)

CMB-WP108V-GA11379680145285

CMB-WP1016V-GA11659825145285

CMB-WP108V-GB11379610145270

CMB-WP1016V-GB11379680145270


1 - 71

4. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMSH

BC

MEE15K052


DSA0

01

(Blu

e)(Y

ello

w)

(Gre

en)

(Red

)

(Gre

en)

(Gre

en)

(Blu

e)

(Blu

e)

(Yel

low

)

(Red

)

(Red

)

(Blu

e)

(Red

)(R

ed)

(Red

)

(Red

)

F001

250V

AC6.

3A F

TO N

EXT

IND

OO

R U

NIT

PULL

BO

X

FUSE

(16A

)BR

EAKE

R(16

A)POW

ER S

UPP

LY~2

20V–

240V

50H

z/60

Hz

Indo

or/o

utdo

or

MMM

UU

SV1

21S4

Mb

21S4

Ma

ZNR0

01

L001

ZNR0

02

C004

C006

C003

C005

C002

C007

LEV1

LEV2

LEV3

WP1

WP2

PS1

PS3

FS

TH12

TH11

TH31

c

TH31

b

TH31

a

TH31

f

TH31

d

TH13

TH14

TH31

e

TH31

hTH

31g

TH34

TH35

TH16

TH33

TH15

TH32

S(SH

IELD

)TB02

M2

M1

CN

LEV1

CN

LEV2

CN

LEV3

CN

005

CN

AC

CN

002

CN

001

CN

001

CN

002

CN

006

CN

203

CN

204

CN

401

CN

103

CN

101

CN

518

CN

512

CN

513

CN

201

CN

003

CN

101

CN

003

CN50

1CN

502(R

ed)

CN50

4(Yell

ow)

CN50

6(Blue

)

CN50

5

CN

510

CN50

3(Blue

)

CN50

8(Red

)

CN50

9(Blue

)

CN51

1(Red

)

TB01

(Red

)(R

ed)

(Yel

low

)(Y

ello

w)

(Red

)(R

ed)

(Yel

low

)(Ye

llow

)(R

ed)

(Red

)

MM

MM

MM

MM

CN

202

CN

201

CN

203

CN

204

CN

205

CN

206

CN

207

CN

208

CN

210

CN

209

CN

212

CN

211

CN

214

CN

213

CN

216

CN

215

VB3a

VB3b

VB3c

VB3d

VB3e

VB3f

VB3g

VB3h

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

LEV1

~3

TH11

~16,

TH32

~35,

TH31

a~h

ACL

PS1,

PS3

Pres

sure

sens

or

AC re

acto

rTh

erm

ister

sens

orEx

pans

ion va

lve

Term

inal b

lock

(for p

ower

sour

ce)

Term

inal b

lock

(for T

rans

miss

ion)

Fuse

AC2

50V

6.3A

FF0

01So

lenoid

valve

SV1

21S4

Ma,

21S4

Mb

4 wa

y valv

eW

P1,W

P2Pu

mp

VB3a

~hVa

lve b

lock

FSFl

oat s

witch

Tran

smis

sion

Lin

e

Con

trol B

oard

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

Pow

er B

oard

Sym

bol

(Sym

bol e

xpla

natio

n) Nam

e

TB01

TB02

NO

TE:1

.TB

02 is

tran

smis

sion

term

inal

blo

ck.

Nev

er c

onne

ct p

ower

line

to it

.2.

The

initi

al s

et v

alue

s of

sw

itch

on

Con

trol B

oard

are

as

follo

ws.

SW

1:0

SW

2:0

Nam

eSy

mbo

l

t°t°t°t° t°t° t°t° t° t° t°t° t°t° t° t° t° t°A

CL

32

12

31

14

56

11

22

33

55

77

99

X006

1 3

X002

X003

6531

12

34

56

17

21

35

53

71

66

65

55

44

43

33

22

21

11

NL

X

32

13

21

45

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

Det

ail o

f X s

ectio

n

11

1010

11

12

3

23

24

56

3 11

8

76

54

32

21

1

110

12

3

12

34

1 2 3 4 5

LED1

SW1

SW2

SWP2

SWP1

SWP3

ON OFF

SW3

SW4 SW

5

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

11

22

33

44

55

66 1 2

23

34

45

56

61

CMB-WP108V-GA1


1 - 72

HB

C


MEE15K052

DSA0

01

(Blu

e)(Y

ello

w)

(Gre

en)

(Red

)

(Gre

en)

(Gre

en)

(Blu

e)

(Blu

e)

(Blu

e)

(Yel

low

)

(Red

)

(Red

)

(Blu

e)

(Red

)(R

ed)

(Red

)

(Red

)

(Red

)

F001

250V

AC6.

3A F

TO N

EXT

IND

OO

R U

NIT

PULL

BO

X

FUSE

(16A

)BR

EAKE

R(16

A)

POWE

R SU

PPLY

~220

V–24

0V 5

0Hz/6

0Hz

Indo

or/o

utdo

or

MMM

UU

SV1

21S4

Mb21

S4Ma

ZNR0

01

L001

ZNR0

02

C004

C006

C003

C005

C002

C007

LEV1

LEV2

LEV3

WP1

WP2

PS1

PS3

FSZ

TH12

TH11

TH31

c

TH31

m

TH31

b

TH31

a

TH31

f

TH31

d

TH31

n

TH13

TH31

p

TH14

TH31

o

TH31

e

TH31

hTH

31g

TH34

TH31

iTH

31j

TH35

TH31

kTH

31l

TH16

TH33

TH15

TH32

S(SH

IELD

)TB02

M2

M1

CN

LEV1

CN

LEV2

CN

LEV3

CN

005

CN

AC

CN

002

CN

001

CN

001

CN

002

CN

006

CN

203

CN

204

CN

401

CN

103

CN

101

CN

518

CN

507

CN

512

CN

515

CN

516

CN

513

CN

514

CN

201

CN

003

CN

101

CN

003

CN50

1C

N50

2(R

ed)

CN

504(

Yello

w)

CN50

6(Blue

)

CN50

5

CN

510

CN50

3(Blue

)

CN50

8(Red

)

CN50

9(Blue

)

CN51

1(Red

)

TB01

(Red

)(R

ed)

(Yel

low

)(Y

ello

w)

(Red

)(R

ed)

(Yel

low

)(Ye

llow

)

MM

MM

MM

MM

MM

MM

MM

MM

CN

202

CN

201

CN

203

CN

204

CN

205

CN

206

CN

801

CN

802(

Red

)C

N80

3(Ye

llow

)C

N80

6(Ye

llow

)C

N80

5(R

ed)

CN

804 CN

207

CN

208

CN

210

CN

209

CN

212

CN

211

CN

214

CN

216

CN

218

CN

215

CN

217

VB3k

VB3a

VB3b

VB3l

VB3c

VB3m

VB3d

VB3n

VB3e

VB3o

VB3f

VB3p

VB3g

VB3j

VB3h

VB3i

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

(Sym

bol e

xpla

natio

n)

LEV1

~3

TH11

~16,T

H32~

35,

TH31

a~p

ACL

PS1,

PS3

Pres

sure

sens

or

Sym

bol

Nam

eAC

reac

tor

Ther

mist

er se

nsor

Expa

nsion

valve

TB01

Term

inal b

lock

(for p

ower

sour

ce)

TB02

Term

inal b

lock

(for T

rans

miss

ion)

Fuse

AC2

50V

6.3A

FF0

01So

lenoid

valve

SV1

21S4

Ma,

21S4

Mb

4 wa

y valv

eW

P1,W

P2Pu

mp

Nam

eSy

mbo

l

VB3a

~pVa

lve b

lock

ZFSFu

nctio

n sett

ing co

nnec

torFl

oat s

witch

1

(Red

)(Y

ello

w)

(Red

)(Y

ello

w)

CN

220

CN

213

CN

219

Pow

er B

oard

3 1

11

23

24

56

12

3

SWP2

SWP1

SWP3

1ON OF

F

1

OFF

ON

1

OFF

ON

SW3

1010

SW4

8

SW5

76

54

32

21

1

Tran

smis

sion

Lin

e

12

3

1 2 3 4 5

12

34

10LED1

SW1

SW2

12

3

Con

trol B

oard

31

21

12

34

56

1 2 3 5 7 9

1 2 3 5 7 9

X002

X006

X003

1 3 6531

12

13

55

37

11

23

45

67

ACL

NL

66

65

55

44

43

33

22

21

11

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

32

13

21

45

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

14

32

13

21

54

32

13

21

5

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

LD1:

CPU

in

X

43

21

32

54

43

32

21

13

32

21

15

54

32

13

21

5

Det

ail o

f X s

ectio

n

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

LD1:

CPU

in

111

1 222

2 2 333

3 3 444

4 4 555

5 5 666

6 7 61

11

22

33

23

4

t°t° t°t° t° t°t°t°t° t° t°t° t°t° t°t°t°t° t°t° t°t° t° t°t°t°

1 1111 2222 3333 4444 55 6 7

NO

TE:1

.TB

02 is

tran

smis

sion

term

inal

blo

ck.

Nev

er c

onne

ct p

ower

line

to it

.

2.T

he in

itial

set

val

ues

of s

witc

h on

C

ontro

l Boa

rd a

re a

s fo

llow

s.

SW

2:0

SW

1:0

CMB-WP1016V-GA1


1 - 73

4. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMSH

BC

MEE15K052

X

DSA0

01

(Red

)

(Gre

en)

(Gre

en)

(Red

)

(Blu

e)(R

ed)

F001

250V

AC6.

3A F

TO N

EXT

IND

OO

R U

NIT

PULL

BO

X

FUSE

(16A

)BR

EAKE

R(1

6A)

POW

ER S

UPP

LY~2

20V–

240V

50H

z/60

Hz

Indo

or/o

utdo

orTr

ansm

issi

on L

ine

UU

ZNR0

01

L001

ZNR0

02

C004

C006

C003

C005

C002

C007

FS

TH31

c

TH31

b

TH31

a

TH31

f

TH31

d

TH31

e

TH31

hTH

31g

TH33

TH32

S(SH

IELD

)TB02

M2

M1

CN

005

CN

AC

CN

002

CN

001

CN

401

CN

103

CN

101

CN

518

CN

101

CN

504(

Yello

w)

CN

510

CN

503(

Blue

)

CN

508(

Red

)

CN

509(

Blue

)

NTB01

L

(Red

)(R

ed)

(Yel

low

)(Y

ello

w)

(Red

)(R

ed)

(Yel

low

)(Ye

llow

)(R

ed)

(Red

)

MM

MM

MM

MM

CN

202

CN

201

CN

203

CN

204

CN

205

CN

206

CN

207

CN

208

CN

210

CN

209

CN

212

CN

211

CN

214

CN

213

CN

216

CN

215

VB3a

VB3b

VB3c

VB3d

VB3e

VB3f

VB3g

VB3h

LD1:

CPU

in

ope

ratio

nLD

1:C

PU in

o

pera

tion

LD1:

CPU

in

ope

ratio

nLD

1:C

PU in

o

pera

tion

LD1:

CPU

in

ope

ratio

nLD

1:C

PU in

o

pera

tion

LD1:

CPU

in

ope

ratio

nLD

1:C

PU in

o

pera

tion

TH31

a~h,T

H32,T

H33

Therm

ister

sens

or

Term

inal b

lock

(for p

ower

sourc

e)Te

rmina

l bloc

k(fo

r Tran

smiss

ion)

Fuse

AC25

0V 6.

3A F

F001

VB3a

~hVa

lve bl

ock

FSFlo

at sw

itch

(Sym

bol e

xpla

natio

n)

TB01

TB02

Sym

bol

Nam

e

NO

TE:1

.TB

02 is

tran

smis

sion

term

inal

blo

ck.

Nev

er c

onne

ct p

ower

line

to it

.

2.T

he in

itial

set

val

ues

of s

witc

h on

C

ontro

l Boa

rd a

re a

s fo

llow

s.

SW

1:0

S

W2:

0

t°t°t°t° t°t°t°t°t°t°

Con

trol B

oard

Pow

er B

oard

Det

ail o

f X s

ectio

n

1

11

2

22

3

33

4

44

5

110

12

34

11

1

1010 8

21

12

3 1

LED1

SW1

SW2

SWP2

SWP1

SWP3

ON OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

SW3

SW4 SW

5

11

22

33

44

55

66

32

13

21

45

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

12

53

11

35

732

11

CMB-WP108V-GB1


1 - 74

HB

C


MEE15K052

DSA0

01

(Red

)

(Gre

en)

(Gre

en)

(Blu

e)

(Red

)

(Blu

e)

(Red

)

(Red

)

F001

250V

AC6.

3A F

TO N

EXT

IND

OO

R U

NIT

PULL

BO

X

FUSE

(16A

)BR

EAKE

R(1

6A)

POWE

R SU

PPLY

~220

V–24

0V 5

0Hz/6

0Hz

Indo

or/o

utdo

or

ZNR0

01

L001

ZNR0

02

C004

C006

C003

C005

C002

C007

FSZ

TH31

c

TH31

m

TH31

b

TH31

a

TH31

f

TH31

d

TH31

n

TH31

pTH

31o

TH31

e

TH31

hTH

31g

TH31

iTH

31j

TH31

kTH

31l

TH33

TH32

S(SH

IELD

)TB02

M2

M1

CN

005

CN

AC

CN

002

CN

001

CN

401

CN

103

CN

101

CN

518

CN

507

CN

515

CN

516

CN

514

CN

101

CN

504(

Yello

w)

CN50

6(Bl

ue)

CN

505

CN

510

CN50

3(Bl

ue)

CN50

8(Re

d)

CN50

9(Bl

ue)

TB01

(Red

)(R

ed)

(Yel

low

)(Y

ello

w)

(Red

)(R

ed)

(Yel

low

)(Ye

llow

)(R

ed)

(Yel

low

)(R

ed)

(Yel

low

)

MM

MM

MM

MM

MM

MM

MM

MM

CN

202

CN

201

CN

203

CN

204

CN

205

CN

206

CN

801

CN

802(

Red

)C

N80

3(Ye

llow

)C

N80

6(Ye

llow

)C

N80

5(R

ed)

CN

804

CN

207

CN

208

CN

210

CN

209

CN

212

CN

211

CN

214

CN

220

CN

213

CN

219

CN

216

CN

218

CN

215

CN

217

VB3k

VB3a

VB3b

VB3l

VB3c

VB3m

VB3d

VB3n

VB3e

VB3o

VB3f

VB3p

VB3g

VB3j

VB3h

VB3i

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

o

pera

tion

TH31

a~p,T

H32,T

H33

Therm

ister

sens

or

Term

inal b

lock

(for p

ower

sourc

e)Te

rmina

l bloc

k(fo

r Tran

smiss

ion)

Fuse

AC25

0V 6.

3A F

F001

VB3a

~pVa

lve bl

ock

Z TB02

TB01

FSFu

nctio

n sett

ing co

nnec

torFlo

at sw

itch

UU

(Sym

bol e

xpla

natio

n)Sy

mbol

Name

NO

TE:1

.TB

02 is

tran

smis

sion

term

inal

blo

ck.

Nev

er c

onne

ct p

ower

line

to it

.

2.T

he in

itial

set

val

ues

of s

witc

h on

C

ontro

l Boa

rd a

re a

s fo

llow

s.

SW

1:0

S

W2:

0

t°t° t°t° t°t° t° t° t° t° t°t° t° t°t° t° t° t°

Tran

smis

sion

Lin

e

Con

trol B

oard

Pow

er B

oard

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

11

22

33

44

55

66

12

34

1 2 3 4 5

32

11

12

13

55

37

1

11

10

2

1

1

2

3 1

10

18

SWP2

SWP1

SWP3

ON OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

SW3

SW4 SW

5

LED1

110

SW1

SW2

12

3

11

12

23

32

34

NL

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

87

65

43

21

32

13

21

45

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

43

21

32

15

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

LD1:

CPU

in

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

LD1:

CPU

inLD

1:C

PU in

LD1:

CPU

in

X

Det

ail o

f X s

ectio

n

CMB-WP1016V-GB1


1 - 75

5. SOUND LEVELSH

BC

MEE15K052

5. SOUND LEVELS5-1. Sound levels(Measured point)

5-2. NC curves


CMB-WP108V-GA1CMB-WP1016V-GA1

1.5m


10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

50.0

55.0

60.0

65.0

70.0

NC-60

NC-50

Oct

ave

band

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB) 0

dB=2

0μP

a


NC-40

NC-30

NC-20


CMB-WP108V-GA1,CMB-WP1016V-GA1

Power Source: 230V, 50Hz


1 - 76MEE15K052


1 - 77

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Electrical characteristics

MEE15K052

I.ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

1. Power supply for Indoor unit ............................................................................................................................ 1 - 78

1-1. Electrical characteristics of Indoor unit .................................................................................................... 1 - 781-2. Electrical characteristics of HBC controller .............................................................................................. 1 - 78

0000003902.BOOK 77 ページ２０１６年１月１８日　月曜日　午後５時２分

1. Power supply for Indoor unit

1 - 78

EC

MEE15K052

I.ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS1. Power supply for Indoor unit1-1. Electrical characteristics of Indoor unit

1-2. Electrical characteristics of HBC controller

Symbols: MCA: Max.Circuit Amps (=1.25xFLA) FLA: Full Load Amps

IFM: Indoor Fan Motor Output: Fan motor rated output

PEFY-WP-VMA-EPower supply IFM

Volts / Hz Range +-10% MCA(A) Output (kW) FLA(A)

PEFY-WP20VMA-E

220-240V / 50Hz220-240V / 60Hz

Max.: 264VMin.: 198V

1.18 0.085 0.95

PEFY-WP25VMA-E 1.43 0.085 1.14

PEFY-WP32VMA-E 1.54 0.085 1.23

PEFY-WP40VMA-E 2.47 0.121 1.98

PEFY-WP50VMA-E 2.47 0.121 1.98

PEFY-WP-VMS1-EPower supply IFM


PEFY-WP15VMS1-E

220-240V / 50Hz220-240V / 60Hz


0.63 / 0.63 0.096 0.50 / 0.50

PEFY-WP20VMS1-E 0.70 / 0.70 0.096 0.56 / 0.56

PEFY-WP25VMS1-E 0.75 / 0.75 0.096 0.60 / 0.60

PEFY-WP32VMS1-E 0.83 / 0.82 0.096 0.66 / 0.65

PEFY-WP40VMS1-E 1.02 / 1.00 0.096 0.81 / 0.80

PEFY-WP50VMS1-E 1.08 / 1.07 0.096 0.86 / 0.85

PLFY-WP-VBM-EPower supply IFM


PLFY-WP32VBM-E220-240V / 50Hz220-240V / 60Hz


0.44 0.050 0.35

PLFY-WP40VBM-E 0.44 0.050 0.35

PLFY-WP50VBM-E 0.57 0.050 0.45

PFFY-WP-VLRMM-EPower supply IFM


PFFY-WP20VLRMM-E

220-240V / 50Hz220-240V / 60Hz


0.61 0.096 0.49

PFFY-WP25VLRMM-E 0.69 0.096 0.55

PFFY-WP32VLRMM-E 0.93 0.096 0.74

PFFY-WP40VLRMM-E 0.93 0.096 0.74

PFFY-WP50VLRMM-E 1.28 0.096 1.02

Symbols: MCA: Max. Circuit Amps, MFA: Max. Fuse Amps, RLA: Rated Load Amps

HBC controllerPower supply

RLA(A)Hz Volts Range+-10% MCA(A) MFA(A)

CMB-WP108V-GA1CMB-WP1016V-GA1

50/60

220Max.: 264VMin.: 198V

3.49 15

2.89

230 2.83

240 2.79

CMB-WP108V-GB1CMB-WP1016V-GB1

50/60

220Max.: 264VMin.: 198V

0.06 15

0.05

230 0.05

240 0.05

0000003902.BOOK 78 ページ２０１６年１月１８日　月曜日　午後５時２分

1 - 79

CAPACITY TABLES

Capacity Tables

MEE15K052

I.CAPACITY TABLES

1. Cooling [Ceiling concealed (Slim type)] ........................................................................................................... 1 - 80

1-1. Cooling capacity with PURY-(E)P200-250YLM-A1 ................................................................................. 1 - 801-2. Cooling capacity with PURY-(E)P300-400YLM-A1 ................................................................................. 1 - 801-3. Cooling capacity with PURY-(E)P450-500YLM-A1 ................................................................................. 1 - 801-4. Cooling capacity with PQRY-P200-500YLM-A ........................................................................................ 1 - 80

2. Cooling [Ceiling concealed (Middle static pressure type)] ............................................................................... 1 - 81


3. Cooling [Ceiling cassette (4-way flow type)] .................................................................................................... 1 - 82


4. Cooling [Floor standing (Concealed type)] ...................................................................................................... 1 - 83


5. Heating [All indoor units].................................................................................................................................. 1 - 84

5-1. Heating capacity with PURY-(E)P200-250YLM-A1 ................................................................................. 1 - 845-2. Heating capacity with PURY-(E)P300-400YLM-A1 ................................................................................. 1 - 845-3. Heating capacity with PURY-(E)P450-500YLM-A1 ................................................................................. 1 - 845-4. Heating capacity with PURY-(E)P200-250YLM-A1 "COP priority mode" ................................................ 1 - 855-5. Heating capacity with PURY-(E)P300-400YLM-A1 "COP priority mode" ................................................ 1 - 855-6. Heating capacity with PURY-(E)P450-500YLM-A1 "COP priority mode" ................................................ 1 - 855-7. Heating capacity with PQRY-P200-500YLM-A........................................................................................ 1 - 85

0000003903.BOOK 79 ページ２０１６年１月１３日　水曜日　午前１０時５８分

1 - 80

CT

1. Cooling [Ceiling concealed (Slim type)]

MEE15K052

I.CAPACITY TABLES1. Cooling [Ceiling concealed (Slim type)]1-1. Cooling capacity with PURY-(E)P200-250YLM-A1

1-2. Cooling capacity with PURY-(E)P300-400YLM-A1


1-4. Cooling capacity with PQRY-P200-500YLM-A

PEFY-WP-VMS1-E CA: Capacity (kW), SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)

Model Indoor air temp.

size 21.5°C D.B. 23°C D.B. 25°C D.B. 27°C D.B. 28°C D.B. 30°C D.B. 32°C D.B.

(Rated kW) 15°C W.B. 16°C W.B. 18°C W.B. 19°C W.B. 20°C W.B. 22°C W.B. 24°C W.B.

CA SHC CA SHC CA SHC CA SHC CA SHC CA SHC CA SHC

15 (1.7) 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.7 1.5 1.7 1.6 1.7 1.6 1.8 1.6 1.9 1.6

20 (2.2) 2.0 1.7 2.0 1.8 2.1 1.8 2.2 1.9 2.3 1.9 2.4 1.9 2.5 1.8

25 (2.8) 2.5 2.0 2.6 2.1 2.7 2.1 2.8 2.2 2.9 2.2 3.0 2.1 3.2 2.1

32 (3.6) 3.2 2.7 3.3 2.7 3.5 2.7 3.6 2.9 3.7 2.9 3.9 2.8 4.1 2.8

40 (4.5) 4.0 3.2 4.1 3.3 4.4 3.3 4.5 3.5 4.6 3.5 4.9 3.4 5.2 3.4

50 (5.6) 5.0 4.0 5.2 4.2 5.5 4.1 5.6 4.4 5.8 4.4 6.0 4.3 6.4 4.2

* The capacity does not depend on the outdoor temperature. kcal/h = kW x 860, BTU/h = kW x 3,412






15 (1.7) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.7 1.6 1.7 1.6 1.9 1.6 2.0 1.6

20 (2.2) 2.0 1.7 2.0 1.8 2.1 1.8 2.2 1.9 2.3 1.9 2.4 1.9 2.5 1.8

25 (2.8) 2.5 2.0 2.5 2.1 2.7 2.0 2.8 2.2 2.9 2.2 3.0 2.1 3.2 2.1

32 (3.6) 3.2 2.6 3.3 2.7 3.5 2.7 3.6 2.9 3.7 2.9 3.9 2.8 4.2 2.8

40 (4.5) 4.0 3.2 4.1 3.3 4.3 3.3 4.5 3.5 4.6 3.5 4.9 3.4 5.2 3.4

50 (5.6) 5.0 4.0 5.1 4.1 5.4 4.1 5.6 4.4 5.7 4.4 6.1 4.3 6.5 4.2







15 (1.7) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.7 1.5 1.7 1.6 1.8 1.6 1.9 1.6 2.0 1.6

20 (2.2) 2.0 1.7 2.0 1.8 2.1 1.8 2.2 1.9 2.3 1.9 2.5 1.9 2.6 1.9

25 (2.8) 2.5 2.0 2.5 2.1 2.7 2.0 2.8 2.2 2.9 2.2 3.1 2.2 3.3 2.1

32 (3.6) 3.2 2.6 3.3 2.7 3.5 2.7 3.6 2.9 3.8 2.9 4.0 2.9 4.3 2.8

40 (4.5) 4.0 3.2 4.1 3.3 4.4 3.3 4.5 3.5 4.7 3.5 5.0 3.5 5.4 3.4

50 (5.6) 5.0 4.0 5.1 4.1 5.4 4.1 5.6 4.4 5.8 4.4 6.2 4.4 6.7 4.3







15 (1.7) 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.7 1.5 1.7 1.6 1.7 1.6 1.7 1.5 1.7 1.5

20 (2.2) 2.0 1.7 2.0 1.8 2.1 1.8 2.2 1.9 2.2 1.9 2.2 1.8 2.2 1.7

25 (2.8) 2.5 2.0 2.6 2.1 2.7 2.1 2.8 2.2 2.8 2.1 2.8 2.0 2.8 2.0

32 (3.6) 3.2 2.7 3.3 2.7 3.5 2.7 3.6 2.9 3.6 2.8 3.6 2.7 3.6 2.6

40 (4.5) 4.1 3.2 4.2 3.3 4.4 3.3 4.5 3.5 4.5 3.4 4.5 3.3 4.5 3.1

50 (5.6) 5.0 4.1 5.2 4.2 5.5 4.1 5.6 4.4 5.6 4.3 5.6 4.1 5.6 4.0

* The capacity does not depend on the inlet-water temperature. kcal/h = kW x 860, BTU/h = kW x 3,412


1 - 81

2. Cooling [Ceiling concealed (Middle static pressure type)]C

T

MEE15K052

2. Cooling [Ceiling concealed (Middle static pressure type)]2-1. Cooling capacity with PURY-(E)P200-250YLM-A1




PEFY-WP-VMA-E CA: Capacity (kW), SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)





20 (2.2) 2.0 1.8 2.0 1.9 2.1 1.8 2.2 2.0 2.3 2.0 2.4 1.9 2.5 1.9

25 (2.8) 2.5 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.7 2.6 2.8 2.8 2.9 2.7 3.0 2.7 3.2 2.7

32 (3.6) 3.2 3.0 3.3 3.1 3.5 3.1 3.6 3.3 3.7 3.3 3.9 3.3 4.1 3.2

40 (4.5) 4.0 3.8 4.1 3.9 4.4 3.9 4.5 4.2 4.6 4.1 4.9 4.1 5.2 4.0

50 (5.6) 5.0 4.2 5.2 4.3 5.5 4.3 5.6 4.6 5.8 4.6 6.0 4.5 6.4 4.4







20 (2.2) 2.0 1.8 2.0 1.8 2.1 1.8 2.2 2.0 2.3 2.0 2.4 1.9 2.5 1.9

25 (2.8) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.7 2.5 2.8 2.8 2.9 2.7 3.0 2.7 3.2 2.7

32 (3.6) 3.2 3.0 3.3 3.1 3.5 3.1 3.6 3.3 3.7 3.3 3.9 3.3 4.2 3.2

40 (4.5) 4.0 3.7 4.1 3.9 4.3 3.8 4.5 4.2 4.6 4.1 4.9 4.1 5.2 4.0

50 (5.6) 5.0 4.2 5.1 4.3 5.4 4.3 5.6 4.6 5.7 4.5 6.1 4.5 6.5 4.4







20 (2.2) 2.0 1.8 2.0 1.8 2.1 1.8 2.2 2.0 2.3 2.0 2.5 2.0 2.6 1.9

25 (2.8) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.7 2.6 2.8 2.8 2.9 2.8 3.1 2.7 3.3 2.7

32 (3.6) 3.2 3.0 3.3 3.1 3.5 3.1 3.6 3.3 3.8 3.3 4.0 3.3 4.3 3.3

40 (4.5) 4.0 3.7 4.1 3.9 4.4 3.9 4.5 4.2 4.7 4.2 5.0 4.1 5.4 4.1

50 (5.6) 5.0 4.2 5.1 4.3 5.4 4.3 5.6 4.6 5.8 4.6 6.2 4.5 6.7 4.5







20 (2.2) 2.0 1.8 2.0 1.9 2.1 1.8 2.2 2.0 2.2 1.9 2.2 1.9 2.2 1.8

25 (2.8) 2.5 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.7 2.6 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.8 2.6 2.8 2.5

32 (3.6) 3.2 3.0 3.3 3.1 3.5 3.1 3.6 3.3 3.6 3.3 3.6 3.2 3.6 3.1

40 (4.5) 4.1 3.8 4.2 3.9 4.4 3.9 4.5 4.2 4.5 4.1 4.5 3.9 4.5 3.8

50 (5.6) 5.0 4.2 5.2 4.4 5.5 4.3 5.6 4.6 5.6 4.5 5.6 4.3 5.6 4.2



1 - 82

CT

3. Cooling [Ceiling cassette (4-way flow type)]

MEE15K052

3. Cooling [Ceiling cassette (4-way flow type)]3-1. Cooling capacity with PURY-(E)P200-250YLM-A1




PLFY-WP-VBM-E CA: Capacity (kW), SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)





32 (3.6) 3.2 3.2 3.3 3.3 3.5 3.3 3.6 3.5 3.7 3.5 3.9 3.5 4.1 3.4

40 (4.5) 4.0 3.6 4.1 3.7 4.4 3.6 4.5 3.9 4.6 3.9 4.9 3.8 5.2 3.8

50 (5.6) 5.0 4.2 5.2 4.4 5.5 4.3 5.6 4.6 5.8 4.6 6.0 4.5 6.4 4.4







32 (3.6) 3.2 3.2 3.3 3.3 3.5 3.3 3.6 3.5 3.7 3.5 3.9 3.5 4.2 3.4

40 (4.5) 4.0 3.5 4.1 3.7 4.3 3.6 4.5 3.9 4.6 3.9 4.9 3.8 5.2 3.8

50 (5.6) 5.0 4.2 5.1 4.3 5.4 4.3 5.6 4.6 5.7 4.6 6.1 4.5 6.5 4.4







32 (3.6) 3.2 3.2 3.3 3.3 3.5 3.3 3.6 3.5 3.8 3.5 4.0 3.5 4.3 3.5

40 (4.5) 4.0 3.5 4.1 3.7 4.4 3.6 4.5 3.9 4.7 3.9 5.0 3.9 5.4 3.8

50 (5.6) 5.0 4.2 5.1 4.3 5.4 4.3 5.6 4.6 5.8 4.6 6.2 4.6 6.7 4.5







32 (3.6) 3.2 3.2 3.3 3.3 3.5 3.3 3.6 3.5 3.6 3.5 3.6 3.4 3.6 3.3

40 (4.5) 4.1 3.6 4.2 3.7 4.4 3.6 4.5 3.9 4.5 3.8 4.5 3.7 4.5 3.6

50 (5.6) 5.0 4.2 5.2 4.4 5.5 4.3 5.6 4.6 5.6 4.5 5.6 4.3 5.6 4.2



1 - 83

4. Cooling [Floor standing (Concealed type)]C

T

MEE15K052

4. Cooling [Floor standing (Concealed type)]4-1. Cooling capacity with PURY-(E)P200-250YLM-A1




PFFY-WP-VLRMM-E CA: Capacity (kW), SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)





20 (2.2) 2.0 1.5 2.0 1.6 2.1 1.6 2.2 1.7 2.3 1.7 2.4 1.6 2.5 1.6

25 (2.8) 2.5 2.0 2.6 2.1 2.7 2.1 2.8 2.2 2.9 2.2 3.0 2.2 3.2 2.1

32 (3.6) 3.2 2.5 3.3 2.6 3.5 2.6 3.6 2.7 3.7 2.7 3.9 2.7 4.1 2.6

40 (4.5) 4.0 3.1 4.1 3.2 4.4 3.2 4.5 3.4 4.6 3.4 4.9 3.3 5.2 3.2

50 (5.6) 5.0 3.9 5.2 4.0 5.5 4.0 5.6 4.2 5.8 4.2 6.0 4.1 6.4 4.0







20 (2.2) 2.0 1.5 2.0 1.6 2.1 1.6 2.2 1.7 2.3 1.6 2.4 1.6 2.5 1.6

25 (2.8) 2.5 2.0 2.5 2.1 2.7 2.1 2.8 2.2 2.9 2.2 3.0 2.2 3.2 2.1

32 (3.6) 3.2 2.5 3.3 2.6 3.5 2.6 3.6 2.7 3.7 2.7 3.9 2.7 4.2 2.6

40 (4.5) 4.0 3.1 4.1 3.2 4.3 3.2 4.5 3.4 4.6 3.3 4.9 3.3 5.2 3.3

50 (5.6) 5.0 3.9 5.1 4.0 5.4 3.9 5.6 4.2 5.7 4.2 6.1 4.1 6.5 4.1







20 (2.2) 2.0 1.5 2.0 1.6 2.1 1.6 2.2 1.7 2.3 1.7 2.5 1.7 2.6 1.6

25 (2.8) 2.5 2.0 2.5 2.1 2.7 2.1 2.8 2.2 2.9 2.2 3.1 2.2 3.3 2.2

32 (3.6) 3.2 2.5 3.3 2.6 3.5 2.6 3.6 2.7 3.8 2.7 4.0 2.7 4.3 2.7

40 (4.5) 4.0 3.1 4.1 3.2 4.4 3.2 4.5 3.4 4.7 3.4 5.0 3.3 5.4 3.3

50 (5.6) 5.0 3.9 5.1 4.0 5.4 4.0 5.6 4.2 5.8 4.2 6.2 4.2 6.7 4.1







20 (2.2) 2.0 1.5 2.0 1.6 2.1 1.6 2.2 1.7 2.2 1.6 2.2 1.6 2.2 1.5

25 (2.8) 2.5 2.0 2.6 2.1 2.7 2.1 2.8 2.2 2.8 2.2 2.8 2.1 2.8 2.0

32 (3.6) 3.2 2.5 3.3 2.6 3.5 2.6 3.6 2.7 3.6 2.7 3.6 2.6 3.6 2.5

40 (4.5) 4.1 3.1 4.2 3.2 4.4 3.2 4.5 3.4 4.5 3.3 4.5 3.2 4.5 3.0

50 (5.6) 5.0 3.9 5.2 4.0 5.5 4.0 5.6 4.2 5.6 4.1 5.6 3.9 5.6 3.8



1 - 84

CT

5. Heating [All indoor units]

MEE15K052

5. Heating [All indoor units]5-1. Heating capacity with PURY-(E)P200-250YLM-A1

5-2. Heating capacity with PURY-(E)P300-400YLM-A1

5-3. Heating capacity with PURY-(E)P450-500YLM-A1

All Indoor units SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)


size 15°C D.B. 20°C D.B. 25°C D.B. 27°C D.B.

(Rated kW) SHC SHC SHC SHC

15 (1.9) 1.9 1.9 1.5 1.3

20 (2.5) 2.5 2.5 2.0 1.8

25 (3.2) 3.2 3.2 2.6 2.2

32 (4.0) 4.0 4.0 3.2 2.8

40 (5.0) 5.1 5.0 4.0 3.5

50 (6.3) 6.4 6.3 5.0 4.4






15 (1.9) 1.9 1.9 1.4 1.2

20 (2.5) 2.6 2.5 1.9 1.6

25 (3.2) 3.3 3.2 2.4 2.0

32 (4.0) 4.1 4.0 3.0 2.6

40 (5.0) 5.1 5.0 3.7 3.2

50 (6.3) 6.5 6.3 4.7 4.0






15 (1.9) 1.9 1.9 1.5 1.3

20 (2.5) 2.5 2.5 2.0 1.8

25 (3.2) 3.3 3.2 2.5 2.3

32 (4.0) 4.1 4.0 3.2 2.8

40 (5.0) 5.1 5.0 4.0 3.5

50 (6.3) 6.4 6.3 5.0 4.5



1 - 85

5. Heating [All indoor units]C

T

MEE15K052

5-4. Heating capacity with PURY-(E)P200-250YLM-A1 "COP priority mode"



5-7. Heating capacity with PQRY-P200-500YLM-A





15 (1.9) 1.9 1.9 1.5 1.3

20 (2.5) 2.5 2.5 2.0 1.8

25 (3.2) 3.3 3.2 2.6 2.2

32 (4.0) 4.1 4.0 3.2 2.8

40 (5.0) 5.1 5.0 4.0 3.5

50 (6.3) 6.4 6.3 5.0 4.4






15 (1.9) 1.9 1.9 1.4 1.2

20 (2.5) 2.6 2.5 1.9 1.6

25 (3.2) 3.3 3.2 2.4 2.0

32 (4.0) 4.1 4.0 3.0 2.6

40 (5.0) 5.1 5.0 3.7 3.2

50 (6.3) 6.5 6.3 4.7 4.0






15 (1.9) 2.0 1.9 1.5 1.3

20 (2.5) 2.6 2.5 2.0 1.8

25 (3.2) 3.3 3.2 2.5 2.3

32 (4.0) 4.1 4.0 3.2 2.8

40 (5.0) 5.1 5.0 4.0 3.5

50 (6.3) 6.5 6.3 5.0 4.5


All indoor units SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kW)




15 (1.9) 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.6

20 (2.5) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.1

25 (3.2) 3.2 3.2 3.2 2.6

32 (4.0) 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.3

40 (5.0) 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.1

50 (6.3) 6.3 6.3 6.3 5.2



1 - 86MEE15K052


2 - 1

HYBRID CITY MULTI2. OUTDOOR/HEAT SOURCE UNITS

MEE15K052

YLM R2 SERIES..................................................................................................................................... 2 - 3

YLM WR2 SERIES ............................................................................................................................... 2 - 37

TOC_Outdoor.fm 1 ページ２０１６年１月１８日　月曜日　午前９時１１分

2 - 2MEE15K052

TOC_Outdoor.fm 2 ページ２０１６年１月１８日　月曜日　午前９時１１分

2 - 3

YLM R2 SERIES

OUTDOOR UNITS

MEE15K052

I.YLM R2 SERIES

1. SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................................................................... 2 - 4

2. CAPACITY TABLES ........................................................................................................................................ 2 - 14

2-1. Correction by temperature ....................................................................................................................... 2 - 142-2. Correction by total indoor......................................................................................................................... 2 - 262-3. Correction by piping length ...................................................................................................................... 2 - 302-4. Correction at frost and defrost ................................................................................................................. 2 - 332-5. Correction by antifreeze solution concentration....................................................................................... 2 - 342-6. Operation temperature range .................................................................................................................. 2 - 35

0000003904.BOOK 3 ページ２０１６年１月２５日　月曜日　午後２時３１分

2 - 4

R2

MEE15K052

1. SPECIFICATIONSI.YLM R2 SERIES1. SPECIFICATIONS

Model PURY-P200YLM-A1 (-BS) PURY-P250YLM-A1 (-BS)

Power source 3-phase 4-wire 380-400-415 V 50/60 Hz 3-phase 4-wire 380-400-415 V 50/60 Hz


(Nominal) kcal/h 20,000 25,000

*1 BTU/h 76,400 95,500

Power input kW 7.00 9.92

Current input A 11.8-11.2-10.8 16.7-15.9-15.3

EER kW/kW 3.20 2.82

Temp. range of Indoor W.B. 15.0~24.0°C (59~75°F) 15.0~24.0°C (59~75°F)

cooling *3 Outdoor D.B. -5.0~46.0°C (23~115°F) -5.0~46.0°C (23~115°F)



*2 BTU/h 85,300 107,500


Current input A 11.9-11.3-10.9 16.9-16.1-15.5

COP kW/kW 3.53 3.13

Temp. range of Indoor D.B. 15.0~27.0°C (59~81°F) 15.0~27.0°C (59~81°F)

heating *3 Outdoor W.B. -20.0~15.5°C (-4~60°F) -20.0~15.5°C (-4~60°F)

Indoor unit Total capacity 50~150% of outdoor unit capacity 50~150% of outdoor unit capacity

connectable Model/Quantity WP15~WP50/2~20 WP15~WP50/3~25

Sound pressure level (measured in anechoic room) dB <A> 59 60

Sound power level (measured in anechoic room) dB <A> 82.5 83.5

Refrigerant High pressure mm (in.) 15.88 (5/8) Brazed 19.05 (3/4) Brazed

piping diameter Low pressure mm (in.) 19.05 (3/4) Brazed 22.2 (7/8) Brazed

FAN Type x Quantity Propeller fan x 1 Propeller fan x 1

Air flow rate m3/min 185 185

L/s 3,083 3,083

cfm 6,532 6,532

Control, Driving mechanism Inverter-control, Direct-driven by motor Inverter-control, Direct-driven by motor

Motor output kW 0.92 x 1 0.92 x 1

*4 External static press. 0 Pa (0 mmH2O) 0 Pa (0 mmH2O)

Compressor Type Inverter scroll hermetic compressor Inverter scroll hermetic compressor

Manufacture AC&R Works, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION AC&R Works, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION

Starting method Inverter Inverter


Case heater kW - -

Lubricant MEL32 MEL32

External finishPre-coated galvanized steel sheets (+powder coating for -BS

type)Pre-coated galvanized steel sheets (+powder coating for -BS

type)

<MUNSELL 5Y 8/1 or similar> <MUNSELL 5Y 8/1 or similar>

External dimension H x W x D mm 1,710 (1,650 without legs) x 920 x 740 1,710 (1,650 without legs) x 920 x 740

in. 67-3/8 (65 without legs) x 36-1/4 x 29-3/16 67-3/8 (65 without legs) x 36-1/4 x 29-3/16

Protection devices High pressure protectionHigh pressure sensor, High pressure switch at 4.15 MPa (601

psi)High pressure sensor, High pressure switch at 4.15 MPa (601

psi)

Inverter circuit (COMP./FAN) Over-heat protection, Over-current protection Over-heat protection, Over-current protection

Compressor - -

Fan motor - -

Refrigerant Type x original charge R410A x 9.5 kg (21 lbs) R410A x 9.5 kg (21 lbs)

Control HBC controller HBC controller

Net weight kg (lbs) 205 (452) 205 (452)

Heat exchanger Salt-resistant cross fin & copper tube Salt-resistant cross fin & copper tube

HIC circuit (HIC: Heat Inter-Changer) - -

Defrosting method Auto-defrost mode (Reversed refrigerant cycle, Hot gas) Auto-defrost mode (Reversed refrigerant cycle, Hot gas)

Drawing External WKJ94T176 WKJ94T176

Wiring WKE94G041 WKE94G041

Standard attachment Document Installation Manual Installation Manual

Accessory Refrigerant conn. pipe Refrigerant conn. pipe

Optional parts

Main HBC controller: CMB-WP108,1016V-GA1 Main HBC controller: CMB-WP108,1016V-GA1

Sub HBC controller: CMB-WP108,1016V-GB1 Sub HBC controller: CMB-WP108,1016V-GB1

Remarks Details on foundation work, duct work, insulation work, electri-cal wiring, power source switch, and other items shall be re-ferred to the Installation Manual.Due to continuing improvement, above specifications may be subject to change without notice.

Details on foundation work, duct work, insulation work, electri-cal wiring, power source switch, and other items shall be re-ferred to the Installation Manual.Due to continuing improvement, above specifications may be subject to change without notice.


1.Nominal cooling conditions (subject to JIS B8615-2) Indoor: 27°CD.B./19°CW.B. (81°FD.B./66°FW.B.), Outdoor: 35°CD.B./24°CW.B. (95°FD.B./75°FW.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.)2.Nominal heating conditions (subject to JIS B8615-2) Indoor: 20°CD.B. (68°FD.B.), Outdoor: 7°CD.B./6°CW.B. (45°FD.B./43°FW.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.)3.-5°CD.B. (23°FD.B.)/-6°CW.B. (21°FW.B.) to 21°CD.B. (70°FD.B.)/15.5°CW.B. (60°FW.B.) with cooling/heating mixed operation.4.External static pressure option is available (30 Pa, 60 Pa/3.1 mmH2O, 6.1 mmH2O).

BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




2 - 5

R2

MEE15K052

1. SPECIFICATIONS

Model PURY-P300YLM-A1 (-BS)

Number of HBC controller Single HBC Double HBC

Power source 3-phase 4-wire 380-400-415 V 50/60 Hz


(Nominal) kcal/h 28,800

*1 BTU/h 114,300


Current input A 22.5-21.3-20.6 19.0-18.1-17.4

EER kW/kW 2.51 2.96

Temp. range of Indoor W.B. 15.0~24.0°C (59~75°F)

cooling *3 Outdoor D.B. -5.0~46.0°C (23~115°F)



*2 BTU/h 128,000


Current input A 21.4-20.3-19.6 20.1-19.1-18.4

COP kW/kW 2.95 3.14

Temp. range of Indoor D.B. 15.0~27.0°C (59~81°F)

heating *3 Outdoor W.B. -20.0~15.5°C (-4~60°F)

Indoor unit Total capacity 50~150% of outdoor unit capacity

connectable Model/Quantity WP15~WP50/3~30

Sound pressure level (measured in anechoic room) dB <A> 62.5

Sound power level (measured in anechoic room) dB <A> 86

Refrigerant High pressure mm (in.) 19.05 (3/4) Brazed

piping diameter Low pressure mm (in.) 22.2 (7/8) Brazed

FAN Type x Quantity Propeller fan x 1

Air flow rate m3/min 230

L/s 3,833

cfm 8,121

Control, Driving mechanism Inverter-control, Direct-driven by motor

Motor output kW 0.92 x 1

*4 External static press. 0 Pa (0 mmH2O)

Compressor Type Inverter scroll hermetic compressor

Manufacture AC&R Works, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION

Starting method Inverter

Motor output kW 8.1

Case heater kW -

Lubricant MEL32

External finish Pre-coated galvanized steel sheets (+powder coating for -BS type)

<MUNSELL 5Y 8/1 or similar>

External dimension H x W x D mm 1,710 (1,650 without legs) x 1,220 x 740

in. 67-3/8 (65 without legs) x 48-1/16 x 29-3/16

Protection devices High pressure protection High pressure sensor, High pressure switch at 4.15 MPa (601 psi)

Inverter circuit (COMP./FAN) Over-heat protection, Over-current protection

Compressor -

Fan motor -

Refrigerant Type x original charge R410A x 10.3 kg (23 lbs)

Control HBC controller


Heat exchanger Salt-resistant cross fin & copper tube

HIC circuit (HIC: Heat Inter-Changer) -

Defrosting method Auto-defrost mode (Reversed refrigerant cycle, Hot gas)

Drawing External WKJ94T177

Wiring WKE94G041

Standard attachment Document Installation Manual

Accessory Refrigerant conn. pipe

Optional parts Main HBC controller: CMB-WP108, 1016V-GA1

Sub HBC controller: CMB-WP108, 1016V-GB1

Remarks Details on foundation work, duct work, insulation work, electrical wiring, power source switch, and other items shall be referred to the Installation Manual.Due to continuing improvement, above specifications may be subject to change without notice.


1.Nominal cooling conditions (subject to JIS B8615-2) Indoor: 27°CD.B./19°CW.B. (81°FD.B./66°FW.B.), Outdoor: 35°CD.B. (95°FD.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.) 2.Nominal heating conditions (subject to JIS B8615-2) Indoor: 20°CD.B. (68°FD.B.), Outdoor: 7°CD.B./6°CW.B. (45°FD.B./43°FW.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.) 3.-5°CD.B. (23°FD.B.)/-6°CW.B. (21°FW.B.) to 21°CD.B. (70°FD.B.)/15.5°CW.B. (60°FW.B.) with cooling/heating mixed operation. 4.External static pressure option is available (30 Pa, 60 Pa/3.1 mmH2O, 6.1 mmH2O).

BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




2 - 6

R2

MEE15K052

1. SPECIFICATIONS






*1 BTU/h 136,500


Current input A 30.2-28.7-27.7 24.6-23.3-22.5

EER kW/kW 2.23 2.74





*2 BTU/h 153,500


Current input A 26.1-24.8-23.9 24.2-23.0-22.1

COP kW/kW 2.90 3.13








piping diameter Low pressure mm (in.) 28.58 (1-1/8) Brazed



L/s 3,833

cfm 8,121








Case heater kW -

Lubricant MEL32







Compressor -

Fan motor -








Wiring WKE94G041








BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




2 - 7

R2

MEE15K052

1. SPECIFICATIONS

Model PURY-P400YLM-A1 (-BS) PURY-P450YLM-A1 (-BS)




*1 BTU/h 153,500 170,600


Current input A 28.1-26.7-25.7 30.2-28.7-27.7

EER kW/kW 2.70 2.79





*2 BTU/h 153,500 191,100


Current input A 22.6-21.4-20.6 29.3-27.8-26.8

COP kW/kW 3.36 3.22





Sound pressure level (measured in anechoic room) dB <A> 62.5 62.5

Sound power level (measured in anechoic room) dB <A> 86 86


piping diameter Low pressure mm (in.) 28.58 (1-1/8) Brazed 28.58 (1-1/8) Brazed



L/s 3,833 5,333

cfm 8,121 11,299








Case heater kW - -




type)


External dimension H x W x D mm 1,710 (1,650 without legs) x 1,220 x 740 1,710 (1,650 without legs) x 1,750 x 740




psi)


Compressor - -

Fan motor - -



Net weight kg (lbs) 246 (543) 321 (708)

Heat exchanger Salt-resistant cross fin & copper tube Salt-resistant cross fin & copper tube







Optional parts







BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




2 - 8

R2

MEE15K052

1. SPECIFICATIONS





*1 BTU/h 191,100

Power input kW 22.67

Current input A 38.2-36.3-35.0

EER kW/kW 2.47





*2 BTU/h 197,900



COP kW/kW 3.30











L/s 6,333

cfm 13,418








Case heater kW -

Lubricant MEL32







Compressor -

Fan motor -








Wiring WKE94G042



Optional parts

Main HBC controller: CMB-WP108,1016V-GA1

Sub HBC controller: CMB-WP108,1016V-GB1




BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




2 - 9

R2

MEE15K052

1. SPECIFICATIONS

Model PURY-EP200YLM-A1 (-BS) PURY-EP250YLM-A1 (-BS)




*1 BTU/h 76,400 95,500


Current input A 10.5-10.0-9.6 14.8-14.0-13.5

EER kW/kW 3.57 3.19





*2 BTU/h 85,300 107,500


Current input A 11.6-11.0-10.6 16.6-15.7-15.2

COP kW/kW 3.61 3.20






Sound power level (measured in anechoic room) dB <A> 82.5 83.5





L/s 3,083 3,083

cfm 6,532 6,532








Case heater kW - -




type)


External dimension H x W x D mm 1,710 (1,650 without legs) x 920 x 740 1,710 (1,650 without legs) x 920 x 740




psi)


Compressor - -

Fan motor - -



Net weight kg (lbs) 202 (446) 202 (446)

Heat exchanger Salt-resistant cross fin & aluminium tube Salt-resistant cross fin & aluminium tube







Optional parts







BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




2 - 10

R2

MEE15K052

1. SPECIFICATIONS

Model PURY-EP300YLM-A1 (-BS)





*1 BTU/h 114,300


Current input A 20.3-19.3-18.6 17.2-16.4-15.8

EER kW/kW 2.78 3.27





*2 BTU/h 128,000


Current input A 19.7-18.7-18.1 18.7-17.8-17.1

COP kW/kW 3.20 3.37











L/s 3,833

cfm 8,121







Motor output kW 8.1

Case heater kW -

Lubricant MEL32







Compressor -

Fan motor -




Heat exchanger Salt-resistant cross fin & aluminium tube




Wiring WKE94G041








BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




2 - 11

R2

MEE15K052

1. SPECIFICATIONS






*1 BTU/h 136,500


Current input A 28.9-27.5-26.5 23.6-22.4-21.6

EER kW/kW 2.33 2.86





*2 BTU/h 153,500


Current input A 25.9-24.6-23.7 24.1-22.9-22.0

COP kW/kW 2.92 3.15











L/s 3,833

cfm 8,121








Case heater kW -

Lubricant MEL32







Compressor -

Fan motor -






Defrosting method Auto-defrost mode (Reversed refrigerant cycle)

Drawing External WKJ94LT757

Wiring WKE94G041








BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




2 - 12

R2

MEE15K052

1. SPECIFICATIONS

Model PURY-EP400YLM-A1 (-BS) PURY-EP450YLM-A1 (-BS)




*1 BTU/h 153,500 170,600


Current input A 23.4-22.2-21.4 28.4-26.9-26.0

EER kW/kW 3.24 2.97





*2 BTU/h 170,600 191,100


Current input A 23.8-22.6-21.8 28.4-27.0-26.0

COP kW/kW 3.54 3.32





Sound pressure level (measured in anechoic room) dB <A> 62.5 62.5






L/s 5,333 5,333

cfm 11,299 11,299








Case heater kW - -




type)


External dimension H x W x D mm 1,710 (1,650 without legs) x 1,750 x 740 1,710 (1,650 without legs) x 1,750 x 740




psi)


Compressor - -

Fan motor - -



Net weight kg (lbs) 315 (695) 336 (741)

Heat exchanger Salt-resistant cross fin & aluminium tube Salt-resistant cross fin & aluminium tube







Optional parts







BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




2 - 13

R2

MEE15K052

1. SPECIFICATIONS





*1 BTU/h 191,100



EER kW/kW 2.63





*2 BTU/h 215,000



COP kW/kW 2.90











L/s 6,333

cfm 13,418








Case heater kW 0.045 (240V)

Lubricant MEL32







Compressor -

Fan motor -








Wiring WKE94G044



Optional parts

Main HBC controller: CMB-WP108,1016V-GA1

Sub HBC controller: CMB-WP108,1016V-GB1




BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




2 - 14

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES2. CAPACITY TABLES2-1. Correction by temperatureCITY MULTI could have varied capacity at different designing temperature. Using the nominal cooling/heating capacity value and the ratio below, the capacity can be observed at various temperature.

1.2

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

1.1

1.3

-523

032

541

1050

1559

2068

2577

3086

3595

40104

45113

°CD.B.°FD.B.

-523

032

541

1050

1559

2068

2577

3086

3595

40104

45113

0.8

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.1

1.3

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.3

0.4

P200YLM-A122.4

76,4007.00

P250YLM-A128.0

95,5009.92

PURY-

EP200YLM-A122.4

76,4006.27

EP250YLM-A128.0

95,5008.77

PURY-

Outdoor unit temperature correction

Indoor unit temperature correctionNominalCoolingCapacityInput

kWBTU/hkW

NominalCoolingCapacityInput

kWBTU/hkW

Indoor Temperature [°CW.B.]R

atio

of c

oolin

g ca

paci

ty

To be used to correct outdoor unit only

Outdoor unit power input is affected by the indoor and outdoor temperatures as shown in the graph above. Please consult the sales office for details.

To be used to correct indoor unit capacity only

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 240.8

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.2

Rat

io o

f coo

ling

capa

city

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

°CD.B.°FD.B.

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

19°CW.B.66°FW.B.

24°CW.B.75°FW.B.

22°CW.B.72°FW.B.

20°CW.B.68°FW.B.

18°CW.B.64°FW.B.

19°CW.B.66°FW.B.

16°CW.B.61°FW.B.

15°CW.B.59°FW.B.


2 - 15

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES

P200YLM-A125.0

85,3007.08

P250YLM-A131.5

107,50010.06

PURY- Indoor unit temperature correctionNominalHeatingCapacityInput

kWBTU/hkW


Indoor Temperature [°CD.B.]

Rat

io o

f hea

ting

capa

city

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 272625240.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

1.1


1.1

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

1.0

1.2

Rat

io o

f hea

ting

capa

city

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.3

1.2

1.4

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.4

0.5

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put

-20-4

-155

-1014

-523

032

541

1050

1559

°CW.B.°FW.B.

Indoor Temperature

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

-20-4

-155

-1014

-523

032

541

1050

1559

°CW.B.°FW.B.

Outdoor Temperature

20°CD.B.68°FD.B.

27°CD.B.81°FD.B.

25°CD.B.77°FD.B.

20°CD.B.68°FD.B.



15°CD.B.59°FD.B.

EP200YLM-A125.0

85,3006.92

EP250YLM-A131.5

107,5009.84

PURY-NominalHeatingCapacityInput

kWBTU/hkW


2 - 16

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES

1.2

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

1.1

1.3

-523

032

541

1050

1559

2068

2577

3086

3595

40104

45113

°CD.B.°FD.B.

-523

032

541

1050

1559

2068

2577

3086

3595

40104

45113

0.8

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.1

1.3

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.3

0.4


Indoor unit temperature correction

Indoor Temperature [°CW.B.]

Rat

io o

f coo

ling

capa

city




15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 240.8

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.2

Rat

io o

f coo

ling

capa

city

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

°CD.B.°FD.B.

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

P300YLM-A133.5

114,30013.34

P350YLM-A140.0

136,50017.93

P400YLM-A145.0

153,50016.65

PURY-

EP300YLM-A133.5

114,30012.05

EP350YLM-A140.0

136,50017.16

EP400YLM-A145.0

153,50013.88

PURY-


kWBTU/hkW


kWBTU/hkW

19°CW.B.66°FW.B.

24°CW.B.75°FW.B.

22°CW.B.72°FW.B.

20°CW.B.68°FW.B.

18°CW.B.64°FW.B.

19°CW.B.66°FW.B.

16°CW.B.61°FW.B.

15°CW.B.59°FW.B.


2 - 17

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES

Indoor unit temperature correctionTo be used to correct indoor unit capacity only


Rat

io o

f hea

ting

capa

city

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 272625240.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

1.1


1.1

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

1.0

1.2

Rat

io o

f hea

ting

capa

city

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.3

1.2

1.4

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.4

0.5

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put

-20-4

-155

-1014

-523

032

541

1050

1559

°CW.B.°FW.B.

Indoor Temperature

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

-20-4

-155

-1014

-523

032

541

1050

1559

°CW.B.°FW.B.

Outdoor Temperature

20°CD.B.68°FD.B.

27°CD.B.81°FD.B.

25°CD.B.77°FD.B.

20°CD.B.68°FD.B.



15°CD.B.59°FD.B.

P300YLM-A137.5

128,00012.71

P350YLM-A145.0

153,50015.51


kWBTU/hkW

P400YLM-A145.0

153,50013.39

EP300YLM-A137.5

128,00011.71

EP350YLM-A145.0

153,50015.38

EP400YLM-A150.0

170,60014.12


kWBTU/hkW


2 - 18

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES

1.2

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

1.1

1.3

-523

032

541

1050

1559

2068

2577

3086

3595

40104

45113

°CD.B.°FD.B.

-523

032

541

1050

1559

2068

2577

3086

3595

40104

45113

0.8

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.1

1.3

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.3

0.4




Rat

io o

f coo

ling

capa

city




15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 240.8

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.2

Rat

io o

f coo

ling

capa

city

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

°CD.B.°FD.B.

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

P450YLM-A150.0

170,60017.92

P500YLM-A156.0

191,10022.67

PURY-

EP450YLM-A150.0

170,60016.83

EP500YLM-A156.0

191,10021.22

PURY-


kWBTU/hkW


kWBTU/hkW

19°CW.B.66°FW.B.

24°CW.B.75°FW.B.

22°CW.B.72°FW.B.

20°CW.B.68°FW.B.

18°CW.B.64°FW.B.

19°CW.B.66°FW.B.

16°CW.B.61°FW.B.

15°CW.B.59°FW.B.


2 - 19

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES



Rat

io o

f hea

ting

capa

city

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 272625240.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

1.1


1.1

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

1.0

1.2

Rat

io o

f hea

ting

capa

city

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.3

1.2

1.4

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.4

0.5

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put

-20-4

-155

-1014

-523

032

541

1050

1559

°CW.B.°FW.B.

Indoor Temperature

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

-20-4

-155

-1014

-523

032

541

1050

1559

°CW.B.°FW.B.

Outdoor Temperature

20°CD.B.68°FD.B.

27°CD.B.81°FD.B.

25°CD.B.77°FD.B.

20°CD.B.68°FD.B.



15°CD.B.59°FD.B.

P450YLM-A156.0

191,10017.39

P500YLM-A158.0

197,90017.53


kWBTU/hkW

EP450YLM-A156.0

191,10016.86

EP500YLM-A163.0

215,00021.67


kWBTU/hkW


2 - 20

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES

Correction by temperature (COP Priority Mode)CITY MULTI could have various capacities at different designing temperatures. Using the nominal cooling/heating capacity values and the ratios below, the capacity can be found for various temperatures.To select COP priority mode, DipSW 3-7 must be set to ON.

1.2

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

1.1

1.3

-523

032

541

1050

1559

2068

2577

3086

3595

40104

45113

°CD.B.°FD.B.

-523

032

541

1050

1559

2068

2577

3086

3595

40104

45113

0.8

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.1

1.3

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.3

0.4

P200YLM-A122.4

76,4007.00

P250YLM-A128.0

95,5009.92

PURY-

EP200YLM-A122.4

76,4006.27

EP250YLM-A128.0

95,5008.77

PURY-


Indoor unit temperature correctionNominalCoolingCapacityInput

kWBTU/hkW


kWBTU/hkW

Indoor Temperature [°CW.B.]R

atio

of c

oolin

g ca

paci

ty




15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 240.8

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.2

Rat

io o

f coo

ling

capa

city

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

°CD.B.°FD.B.

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

19°CW.B.66°FW.B.

24°CW.B.75°FW.B.

22°CW.B.72°FW.B.

20°CW.B.68°FW.B.

18°CW.B.64°FW.B.

19°CW.B.66°FW.B.

16°CW.B.61°FW.B.

15°CW.B.59°FW.B.


2 - 21

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES

P200YLM-A125.0

85,3007.08

P250YLM-A131.5

107,50010.06

PURY- Indoor unit temperature correctionNominalHeatingCapacityInput

kWBTU/hkW



Rat

io o

f hea

ting

capa

city

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 272625240.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

1.1


1.1

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

1.0

1.2

Rat

io o

f hea

ting

capa

city

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.3

1.2

1.4

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.4

0.5

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put

-20-4

-155

-1014

-523

032

541

1050

1559

°CW.B.°FW.B.

Indoor Temperature

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

-20-4

-155

-1014

-523

032

541

1050

1559

°CW.B.°FW.B.

Outdoor Temperature

20°CD.B.68°FD.B.

27°CD.B.81°FD.B.

25°CD.B.77°FD.B.

20°CD.B.68°FD.B.



15°CD.B.59°FD.B.

EP200YLM-A125.0

85,3006.92

EP250YLM-A131.5

107,5009.84


kWBTU/hkW


2 - 22

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES

1.2

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

1.1

1.3

-523

032

541

1050

1559

2068

2577

3086

3595

40104

45113

°CD.B.°FD.B.

-523

032

541

1050

1559

2068

2577

3086

3595

40104

45113

0.8

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.1

1.3

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.3

0.4




Rat

io o

f coo

ling

capa

city




15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 240.8

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.2

Rat

io o

f coo

ling

capa

city

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

°CD.B.°FD.B.

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

P300YLM-A133.5

114,30013.34

P350YLM-A140.0

136,50017.93

P400YLM-A145.0

153,50016.65

PURY-

EP300YLM-A133.5

114,30012.05

EP350YLM-A140.0

136,50017.16

EP400YLM-A145.0

153,50013.88

PURY-


kWBTU/hkW


kWBTU/hkW

19°CW.B.66°FW.B.

24°CW.B.75°FW.B.

22°CW.B.72°FW.B.

20°CW.B.68°FW.B.

18°CW.B.64°FW.B.

19°CW.B.66°FW.B.

16°CW.B.61°FW.B.

15°CW.B.59°FW.B.


2 - 23

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES



Rat

io o

f hea

ting

capa

city

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 272625240.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

1.1


1.1

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

1.0

1.2

Rat

io o

f hea

ting

capa

city

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.3

1.2

1.4

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.4

0.5

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put

-20-4

-155

-1014

-523

032

541

1050

1559

°CW.B.°FW.B.

Indoor Temperature

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

-20-4

-155

-1014

-523

032

541

1050

1559

°CW.B.°FW.B.

Outdoor Temperature

20°CD.B.68°FD.B.

27°CD.B.81°FD.B.

25°CD.B.77°FD.B.

20°CD.B.68°FD.B.



15°CD.B.59°FD.B.

P300YLM-A137.5

128,00012.71

P350YLM-A145.0

153,50015.51


kWBTU/hkW

P400YLM-A145.0

153,50013.39

EP300YLM-A137.5

128,00011.71

EP350YLM-A145.0

153,50015.38

EP400YLM-A150.0

170,60014.12


kWBTU/hkW


2 - 24

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES

1.2

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

1.1

1.3

-523

032

541

1050

1559

2068

2577

3086

3595

40104

45113

°CD.B.°FD.B.

-523

032

541

1050

1559

2068

2577

3086

3595

40104

45113

0.8

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.1

1.3

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.3

0.4




Rat

io o

f coo

ling

capa

city




15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 240.8

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.2

Rat

io o

f coo

ling

capa

city

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

°CD.B.°FD.B.

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

P450YLM-A150.0

170,60017.92

P500YLM-A156.0

191,10022.67

PURY-

EP450YLM-A150.0

170,60016.83

EP500YLM-A156.0

191,10021.22

PURY-


kWBTU/hkW


kWBTU/hkW

19°CW.B.66°FW.B.

24°CW.B.75°FW.B.

22°CW.B.72°FW.B.

20°CW.B.68°FW.B.

18°CW.B.64°FW.B.

19°CW.B.66°FW.B.

16°CW.B.61°FW.B.

15°CW.B.59°FW.B.


2 - 25

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES



Rat

io o

f hea

ting

capa

city

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 272625240.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

1.1


1.1

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

1.0

1.2

Rat

io o

f hea

ting

capa

city

0.9

1.0

1.1

1.3

1.2

1.4

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.4

0.5

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put

-20-4

-155

-1014

-523

032

541

1050

1559

°CW.B.°FW.B.

Indoor Temperature

Indoor Temperature

Outdoor Temperature

-20-4

-155

-1014

-523

032

541

1050

1559

°CW.B.°FW.B.

Outdoor Temperature

20°CD.B.68°FD.B.

27°CD.B.81°FD.B.

25°CD.B.77°FD.B.

20°CD.B.68°FD.B.



15°CD.B.59°FD.B.

P450YLM-A156.0

191,10017.39

P500YLM-A158.0

197,90017.53


kWBTU/hkW

EP450YLM-A156.0

191,10016.86

EP500YLM-A163.0

215,00021.67


kWBTU/hkW


2 - 26

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES

2-2. Correction by total indoorCITY MULTI system have different capacities and inputs when many combinations of indoor units with different total capacities are connected. Using following tables, the maximum capacity can be found to ensure the system is installed with enough capacity for a particular application.

Total capacity of indoor units

Rat

io o

f cap

acity

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put


Rat

io o

f cap

acity

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put

PURY-(E)P250YLM-A1

PURY-(E)P200YLM-A1

CoolingHeating

50 100 200 300150 250 350

0.2

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

1.2

CoolingHeating

100 150 250 350200 300 400

0.2

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

1.2


kWBTU/hkW

PURY-P250YLM-A128.0

95,5009.92

NominalHeatingCapacityInput

kWBTU/hkW

PURY-P250YLM-A131.5

107,5008.77


kWBTU/hkW

PURY-P200YLM-A122.4

76,4007.00


kWBTU/hkW

PURY-P200YLM-A125.0

85,3007.08


kWBTU/hkW

PURY-EP250YLM-A128.0

95,50010.06


kWBTU/hkW


107,5009.84


kWBTU/hkW


76,4006.27


kWBTU/hkW


85,3006.92


2 - 27

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES

Total capacity of indoor units100 200 300 400 500

Rat

io o

f cap

acity

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put

0.2

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

1.2

Total capacity of indoor units100 200 400300 500 600

0.2

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

1.2

Rat

io o

f cap

acity

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put

PURY-(E)P300YLM-A1

PURY-(E)P350YLM-A1

CoolingHeating

CoolingHeating


kWBTU/hkW

PURY-P300YLM-A133.5

114,30013.34


kWBTU/hkW

PURY-P300YLM-A137.5

128,00012.71


kWBTU/hkW

PURY-P350YLM-A140.0

136,50017.93


kWBTU/hkW

PURY-P350YLM-A145.0

153,50015.51


kWBTU/hkW


136,50017.16


kWBTU/hkW


153,50015.38


kWBTU/hkW


114,30012.05


kWBTU/hkW


128,00011.71


2 - 28

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES


Rat

io o

f cap

acity

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put


Rat

io o

f cap

acity

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put

PURY-(E)P450YLM-A1

CoolingHeating

100 200 400 600300 500 700

0.2

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

1.2

CoolingHeating

200 300 500 700400 600 800

0.2

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

1.2

PURY-(E)P400YLM-A1NominalCoolingCapacityInput

kWBTU/hkW

PURY-P400YLM-A145.0

153,50016.65


kWBTU/hkW

PURY-P400YLM-A145.0

153,50013.39


kWBTU/hkW

PURY-P450YLM-A150.0

170,60017.92


kWBTU/hkW

PURY-P450YLM-A156.0

191,10017.39


kWBTU/hkW


170,60016.83


kWBTU/hkW


191,10016.86


kWBTU/hkW


153,50013.88


kWBTU/hkW


170,60014.12


2 - 29

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES


Rat

io o

f cap

acity

Rat

io o

f pow

er in

put

CoolingHeating

200 300 500 700400 600 800

0.2

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

1.2

PURY-(E)P500YLM-A1


kWBTU/hkW

PURY-P500YLM-A158.0

197,90017.53


kWBTU/hkW

PURY-P500YLM-A156.0

191,10022.67


kWBTU/hkW


191,10021.22


kWBTU/hkW


215,00021.67


2 - 30

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES

2-3. Correction by piping lengthA decrease in cooling/heating capacity will occur due to piping length increase. Using the following correction factors according to the equivalent length of the piping shown at 2-3-1 and 2-3-2 the capacity can be calculated. 2-3-3 shows how to obtain the equiv-alent length of piping. Refrigerant piping and water piping have separate correction factors.

2-3-1. Cooling capacity correction

HBC to outdoor unit refrigerant piping equivalent length (m)

1

0.90

0.80

0.95

0.85

0.75

0.65

0.70

Co

olin

g c

ap

aci

ty c

orr

ect

ion

fa

cto

r

PURY-(E)P200YLM-A1(-BS) Total capacity of indoor unit100

150

200300

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

PURY-(E)P200YLM-A1(-BS)

Water piping equivalent length to farthest indoor unit (m)

Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


1

0.90

0.80

0.95

0.85

0.75

0.65

0.70

Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or


188

250375

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180



Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


1

0.90

0.80

0.95

0.85

0.75

0.65

0.70

Co

olin

g c

ap

aci

ty c

orr

ect

ion

fa

cto

r


225

300

4500 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180



Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


1

0.90

0.80

0.95

0.85

0.75

0.65

0.70

Co

olin

g c

ap

aci

ty c

orr

ect

ion

fa

cto

r

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180


263

350

525



Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


2 - 31

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES


1

0.90

0.80

0.95

0.85

0.75

0.65

0.70

Co

olin

g c

ap

aci

ty c

orr

ect

ion

fa

cto

r

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180


300

400

600



Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


1

0.90

0.80

0.95

0.85

0.75

0.65

0.70

Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

PURY-(E)P450YLM-A1(-BS)225

338

450

675

Total capacity of indoor unit

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180



Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180HBC to outdoor unit refrigerant piping equivalent length (m)

1

0.90

0.80

0.95

0.85

0.75

0.65

0.70

Co

olin

g c

ap

aci

ty c

orr

ect

ion

fa

cto

r


375

500

750



Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


2 - 32

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES

2-3-2. Heating capacity correction

0.800 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

Hea

ting

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

0.90

1.00


PURY-(E)P200YLM-A1(-BS) PURY-(E)P200YLM-A1(-BS)


Hea

ting

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

0.800 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

Hea

ting

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

0.90

1.00


PURY-(E)P250, 300YLM-A1(-BS) PURY-(E)P250, 300YLM-A1(-BS)


Hea

ting

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

0.800 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

Hea

ting

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

0.90

1.00PURY-(E)P350YLM-A1(-BS)




Hea

ting

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

0.800 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

Hea

ting

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

0.90

1.00PURY-(E)P400, 450, 500YLM-A1(-BS)


PURY-(E)P400, 450, 500YLM-A1(-BS)


Hea

ting

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


2 - 33

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES

2-3-3. How to obtain the equivalent piping lengthRefrigerant pipe1. PURY-(E)P200YLM-A1(-BS)

Equivalent length = (Actual piping length to the farthest indoor unit) + (0.35 × number of bends in the piping) [m]2. PURY-(E)P250, 300YLM-A1(-BS)

Equivalent length = (Actual piping length to the farthest indoor unit) + (0.42 × number of bends in the piping) [m]3. PURY-(E)P350YLM-A1(-BS)

Equivalent length = (Actual piping length to the farthest indoor unit) + (0.47 × number of bends in the piping) [m]4. PURY-(E)P400, 450, 500YLM-A1(-BS)

Equivalent length = (Actual piping length to the farthest indoor unit) + (0.50 × number of bends in the piping) [m]

Water pipeEquivalent length = (Actual piping length to the farthest indoor unit) + (0.55 × number of bends in the piping) [m]

Water piping design

HBC water pipe connection sizes and pipe sizes.

2-4. Correction at frost and defrostDue to frost at the outdoor heat exchanger and the automatic defrost operation, the heating capacity of the outdoor unit can be calculated by multiplying the correction factor shown in the table below.

Table of correction factor at frost and defrost

Indoor unitConnection size Pipe size

Water inlet Water outlet Water out Water return

PEFY-WP-VMS1PEFY-WP-VMAPLFY-WP-VBMPFFY-WP-VLRMM

Rc 3/4 screw Rc 3/4 screw I.D.20mm I.D.20mm

*1

Water pipework is screwconnections

Up to three units for 1 branch hole; total capacity: below 80 (but in same mode, cooling/heating)

Note:*1. Connection of multiple indoor units with one connection (or joint pipe) • Total capacity of connectable indoor units: Less than 80 • Number of connectable indoor units: Maximum 3 Sets • Selection of water piping Select the size according to the total capacity of indoor units to be installed downstream. • Please group units that operate on 1 branch.

To outdoor/heat source unit

HBC controller

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

End connection (brazing)

Twinning pipe (field supply)

Outdoor inlet air temp. °C 6 4 2 1 0 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 -20

Outdoor inlet air temp. °F 43 39 36 34 32 28 25 21 18 14 -4

PURY-(E)P200YLM-A1(-BS) 1.00 0.95 0.84 0.83 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95

PURY-(E)P250YLM-A1(-BS) 1.00 0.95 0.84 0.83 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95

PURY-(E)P300YLM-A1(-BS) 1.00 0.93 0.82 0.80 0.82 0.86 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.95 0.95

PURY-(E)P350YLM-A1(-BS) 1.00 0.93 0.85 0.83 0.84 0.86 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.95 0.95

PURY-(E)P400YLM-A1(-BS) 1.00 0.95 0.90 0.87 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95

PURY-(E)P450YLM-A1(-BS) 1.00 0.98 0.89 0.87 0.89 0.90 0.92 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95

PURY-(E)P500YLM-A1(-BS) 1.00 0.98 0.89 0.86 0.89 0.90 0.92 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95


2 - 34

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES

2-5. Correction by antifreeze solution concentrationIn HYBRID CITY MULTI system, antifreeze solution should be used to prevent the system from freezing. Refer to the following graphs for the capacity correction by antifreeze solution. Refer to 2-5-1 for antifreeze solution concentration, 2-5-2 and 2-5-3 for capacity correction by antifreeze solution concentration.

2-5-1. Antifreeze solution concentrationUse propylene glycol solution for antifreeze.Refer to the following graph to estimate the antifreeze solution concentration required for freeze protection.DipSW setting (SW5-4 and 5-5) is required in HBC unit depending on the antifreeze solution concentration.Refer the table A for the setting.

2-5-2. Capacity correction by antifreeze solution concentration (cooling)

2-5-3. Capacity correction by antifreeze solution concentration (heating)

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

Free

zing

Tem

pera

ture

[ °C

]

0

-5

-10

-15

-20

-25

-30

Antifreeze solution concentration [wt%]

Table ABrine concentration [%] 0 to 29% 30 to 49% 50 to 59% 60 to 70%

OFF OFF ON ONOFF ON OFF ONOFF OFF 1 1OFF 1 OFF 1

DipSW5-4DipSW5-5

7seg LEDLD2LD3

0 10 20 30 40 50

Rat

io o

f coo

ling

capa

city

10.99

0.98

0.970.96

0.95

0.94

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.9

Antifreeze solution concentration [wt%]0 10 20 30 40 50

Rat

io o

f coo

ling

inpu

t

10.99

0.98

0.970.96

0.95

0.94

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.9


0 10 20 30 40 50

Rat

io o

f hea

ting

capa

city

10.99

0.98

0.970.96

0.95

0.94

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.9


Rat

io o

f hea

ting

inpu

t

1.21.18

1.16

1.141.12

1.1

1.08

1.06

1.04

1.02

1



2 - 35

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES

2-6. Operation temperature range

Indo

or te

mpe

ratu

re

Outdoor temperature

Outdoor temperature

15 to 24 CWB (59 to 75 FWB)

15 to 27 CDB (59 to 81 FDB)

Indoor temperature

Cooling Heating

-11 to 15.5 CWB (12.2 to 60 FWB)

-10 to 21 CDB (14 to 70 FDB)

Combination of cooling/heating operation (Cooling main or Heating main)

30

25

20

15

5

0-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50

10

Range for continuous operation

Continuous operation not recommended

40

25

20

15

10

0

35

30

5

-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50

Indo

or te

mpe

ratu

re

Outdoor temperature

Range for continuous operation



Cooling only

Heating only


2 - 36MEE15K052


2 - 37

YLM WR2 SERIES

HEAT SOURCE UNITS

MEE15K052

I.YLM WR2 SERIES

1. SPECIFICATIONS........................................................................................................................................... 2 - 38

2. CAPACITY TABLES ........................................................................................................................................ 2 - 43

2-1. Correction by piping length ...................................................................................................................... 2 - 432-2. Correction by antifreeze solution concentration....................................................................................... 2 - 472-3. Operation temperature range .................................................................................................................. 2 - 48

3. SYSTEM DESIGN GUIDE............................................................................................................................... 2 - 49

3-1. Designing of water circuit system ............................................................................................................ 2 - 493-2. Water piping work .................................................................................................................................... 2 - 61

0000003905.BOOK 37 ページ２０１６年１月２５日　月曜日　午後２時４５分

1. SPECIFICATIONS

2 - 38

WR

2

MEE15K052

I.YLM WR2 SERIES1. SPECIFICATIONS

Model PQRY-P200YLM-A PQRY-P250YLM-A




*1 BTU/h 76,400 95,500


Current input A 6.7-6.3-6.1 9.1-8.7-8.4

EER kW/kW 5.64 5.14


cooling Circulating water °C 10.0~45.0°C (50~113°F) 10.0~45.0°C (50~113°F)



*2 BTU/h 85,300 107,500


Current input A 6.8-6.4-6.2 9.1-8.6-8.3

COP kW/kW 6.18 5.82


heating Circulating water °C 10.0~45.0°C (50~113°F) 10.0~45.0°C (50~113°F)

Indoor unit Total capacity 50~150% of heat source unit capacity 50~150% of heat source unit capacity






Circulating water Water flow rate m3/h 5.76 5.76

L/min 96 96

cfm 3.4 3.4

Pressure drop kPa 24 24

Operating volume range

m3/h 3.0 ~ 7.2 3.0 ~ 7.2





Case heater kW - -


External finish Galvanized steel sheets Galvanized steel sheets

External dimension H x W x D mm 1,100 x 880 x 550 1,100 x 880 x 550

in. 43-5/16 x 34-11/16 x 21-11/16 43-5/16 x 34-11/16 x 21-11/16



psi)

Inverter circuit (COMP.) Over-heat protection, Over-current protection Over-heat protection, Over-current protection

Compressor Over-heat protection Over-heat protection



Net weight kg (lbs) 172 (380) 172 (380)

Heat exchanger plate type plate type

Water volume in plate I 5.0 5.0

Water pressure Max. MPa 2.0 2.0


Drawing External WKS94C743 WKS94C743




Optional parts Main HBC controller: CMB-WP108, 1016-GA1 Main HBC controller: CMB-WP108, 1016V-GA1

Sub HBC controller: CMB-WP108, 1016-GB1 Sub HBC controller: CMB-WP108, 1016V-GB1

Remarks Details on foundation work, duct work, insulation work, electrical wiring, power source switch, and other items shall be referred to the Installation Manual.Due to continuing improvement, above specifications may be subject to change without notice.The ambient temperature of the heat source unit needs to be kept below 40°C D.B.The ambient relative humidity of the heat source unit needs to be kept below 80%.The heat source unit should not be installed at outdoor.Be sure to mount a strainer (more than 50 meshes) at the water inlet piping of the unit.Be sure to provide interlocking for the unit operation and water circuit.Install the supplied insulation material to the unused drain-socket.When installing insulation material around both water and refrigerant piping, follow the installation manual.


1.Nominal cooling conditions (subject to JIS B8615-2) Indoor: 27°CD.B./19°CW.B. (81°FD.B./66°FW.B.), Water temperature: 30°C (86°F) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.) 2.Nominal heating conditions (subject to JIS B8615-2) Indoor: 20°CD.B. (68°FD.B.), Water temperature: 20°C (68°FD.B.) Pipe length: 7.5 m (24-9/16 ft.), Level difference: 0 m (0 ft.)

BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




2 - 39

1. SPECIFICATIONSW

R2

MEE15K052

Model PQRY-P300YLM-A





*1 BTU/h 114,300


Current input A 12.7-12.1-11.6 11.3-10.7-10.3

EER kW/kW 4.43 4.99


cooling Circulating water °C 10.0~45.0°C (50~113°F)



*2 BTU/h 128,000


Current input A 12.0-11.4-11.0 11.4-10.8-10.4

COP kW/kW 5.25 5.52


heating Circulating water °C 10.0~45.0°C (50~113°F)

Indoor unit Total capacity 50~150% of heat source unit capacity


Sound pressure level (measured in anechoic room) dB <A> 54




Circulating water Water flow rate m3/h 5.76

L/min 96

cfm 3.4

Pressure drop kPa 24


m3/h 3.0 ~ 7.2




Motor output kW 7.7

Case heater kW -

Lubricant MEL32

External finish Galvanized steel sheets

External dimension H x W x D mm 1,100 x 880 x 550

in. 43-5/16 x 34-11/16 x 21-11/16


Inverter circuit (COMP.) Over-heat protection, Over-current protection

Compressor Over-heat protection




Heat exchanger plate type

Water volume in plate I 5.0

Water pressure Max. MPa 2.0


Drawing External WKS94C743

Wiring WKE94G131








BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




1. SPECIFICATIONS

2 - 40

WR

2

MEE15K052






*1 BTU/h 136,500


Current input A 16.8-16.0-15.4 14.7-13.9-13.4

EER kW/kW 4.00 4.58





*2 BTU/h 153,500


Current input A 14.9-14.2-13.7 13.9-13.2-12.7

COP kW/kW 5.07 5.45










L/min 120

cfm 4.2



m3/h 4.5 ~ 11.6




Motor output kW 9.5

Case heater kW -

Lubricant MEL32



in. 57-1/8 x 34-11/16 x 21-11/16












Wiring WKE94G131








BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




2 - 41

1. SPECIFICATIONSW

R2

MEE15K052

Model PQRY-P400YLM-A PQRY-P450YLM-A




*1 BTU/h 153,500 170,600


Current input A 16.9-16.1-15.5 20.3-19.3-18.6

EER kW/kW 4.47 4.14


cooling Circulating water °C 10.0~45.0°C (50~113°F) 10.0~45.0°C (50~113°F)



*2 BTU/h 170,600 191,100


Current input A 15.9-15.1-14.6 18.7-17.8-17.1

COP kW/kW 5.29 5.04


heating Circulating water °C 10.0~45.0°C (50~113°F) 10.0~45.0°C (50~113°F)

Indoor unit Total capacity 50~150% of heat source unit capacity 50~150% of heat source unit capacity






Circulating water Water flow rate m3/h 7.20 7.20

L/min 120 120

cfm 4.2 4.2

Pressure drop kPa 44 44


m3/h 4.5 ~ 11.6 4.5 ~ 11.6





Case heater kW - -


External finish Galvanized steel sheets Galvanized steel sheets

External dimension H x W x D mm 1,450 x 880 x 550 1,450 x 880 x 550

in. 57-1/8 x 34-11/16 x 21-11/16 57-1/8 x 34-11/16 x 21-11/16



psi)

Inverter circuit (COMP.) Over-heat protection, Over-current protection Over-heat protection, Over-current protection

Compressor Over-heat protection Over-heat protection



Net weight kg (lbs) 216 (477) 216 (477)

Heat exchanger plate type plate type

Water volume in plate I 5.0 5.0

Water pressure Max. MPa 2.0 2.0


Drawing External WKS94C744 WKS94C744




Optional parts Main HBC controller: CMB-WP108, 1016V-GA1 Main HBC controller: CMB-WP108, 1016V-GA1

Sub HBC controller: CMB-WP108, 1016V-GB1 Sub HBC controller: CMB-WP108, 1016V-GB1




BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




1. SPECIFICATIONS

2 - 42

WR

2

MEE15K052





*1 BTU/h 191,100



EER kW/kW 3.84





*2 BTU/h 215,000



COP kW/kW 4.82






Sound power level (measured in anechoic room) dB <A> 70.5




L/min 120

cfm 4.2



m3/h 4.5 ~ 11.6





Case heater kW -

Lubricant MEL32



in. 57-1/8 x 34-11/16 x 21-11/16


psi)











Wiring WKE94G131








BTU/h =kW x 3,412

cfm =m3/min x 35.31

lbs =kg/0.4536




2 - 43

2. CAPACITY TABLESW

R2

MEE15K052

2. CAPACITY TABLES2-1. Correction by piping lengthA decrease in cooling/heating capacity will occur due to piping length increase. Using the following correction factors according to the equivalent length of the piping shown at 2-1-1 and 2-1-2 the capacity can be calculated. 2-1-3 shows how to obtain the equiv-alent length of piping. Refrigerant piping and water piping have separate correction factors.

2-1-1. Cooling capacity correction

Piping equivalent length (m)

1.00

0.90

0.80

0.95

0.85

0.75

0.65

0.70

Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

PQRY-P200YLM-A100

150

200300

Total capacity of indoor unitPQRY-P200YLM-A


Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


1.00

0.90

0.80

0.95

0.85

0.75

0.65

0.70

Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

PQRY-P250YLM-A125

188

250375

Total capacity of indoor unitPQRY-P250YLM-A


Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


1.00

0.90

0.80

0.95

0.85

0.75

0.65

0.70

Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

PQRY-P300YLM-A150

225

300450

Total capacity of indoor unit PQRY-P300YLM-A


Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


1.00

0.90

0.80

0.95

0.85

0.75

0.65

0.70

Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

PQRY-P350YLM-A175

263

350525

Total capacity of indoor unit PQRY-P350YLM-A


Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


2. CAPACITY TABLES

2 - 44

WR

2

MEE15K052


1.00

0.90

0.80

0.95

0.85

0.75

0.65

0.70

Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

PQRY-P400YLM-A Total capacity of indoor unit200

300

400600

PQRY-P400YLM-A


Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


1.00

0.90

0.80

0.95

0.85

0.75

0.65

0.70

Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

Total capacity of indoor unitPQRY-P450YLM-A225

338

450675

PQRY-P450YLM-A


Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


1.00

0.90

0.80

0.95

0.85

0.75

0.65

0.70

Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

Total capacity of indoor unitPQRY-P500YLM-A250

375

500750

PQRY-P500YLM-A


Coo

ling

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


2 - 45

2. CAPACITY TABLESW

R2

MEE15K052

2-1-2. Heating capacity correction


1.00

0.90

0.80Hea

ting

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

PQRY-P200YLM-A PQRY-P200YLM-A


Hea

ting

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


1.00

0.90

0.80Hea

ting

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

PQRY-P250, 300YLM-A PQRY-P250, 300YLM-A


Hea

ting

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


1.00

0.90

0.80Hea

ting

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

PQRY-P350YLM-A PQRY-P350YLM-A


Hea

ting

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


1.00

0.90

0.80Hea

ting

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180

PQRY-P400, 450, 500YLM-A PQRY-P400, 450, 500YLM-A


Hea

ting

capa

city

cor

rect

ion

fact

or

1

0.98

0.96

0.99

0.97

0.95

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.94

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


2. CAPACITY TABLES

2 - 46

WR

2

MEE15K052

2-1-3. How to obtain the equivalent piping lengthRefrigerant pipe1. PQRY-P200YLM-A

Equivalent length = (Actual piping length to the farthest indoor unit) + (0.35 × number of bends in the piping) [m]2. PQRY-P250, 300YLM-A

Equivalent length = (Actual piping length to the farthest indoor unit) + (0.42 × number of bends in the piping) [m]3. PQRY-P350YLM-A

Equivalent length = (Actual piping length to the farthest indoor unit) + (0.47 × number of bends in the piping) [m]4. PQRY-P400, 450, 500YLM-A

Equivalent length = (Actual piping length to the farthest indoor unit) + (0.50 × number of bends in the piping) [m]

Water pipeEquivalent length = (Actual piping length to the farthest indoor unit) + (0.55 × number of bends in the piping) [m]

Water piping design

HBC water pipe connection sizes and pipe sizes.

Indoor unitConnection size Pipe size

Water inlet Water outlet Water out Water return

PEFY-WP-VMS1PEFY-WP-VMAPLFY-WP-VBMPFFY-WP-VLRMM

Rc 3/4 screw Rc 3/4 screw I.D.20mm I.D.20mm

*1

Water pipework is screwconnections


Note:*1. Connection of multiple indoor units with one connection (or joint pipe) • Total capacity of connectable indoor units: Less than 80 • Number of connectable indoor units: Maximum 3 Sets • Selection of water piping Select the size according to the total capacity of indoor units to be installed downstream. • Please group units that operate on 1 branch.


HBC controller

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit




2 - 47

2. CAPACITY TABLESW

R2

MEE15K052

2-2. Correction by antifreeze solution concentrationIn HYBRID CITY MULTI system, antifreeze solution should be used to prevent the system from freezing. Refer to the following graphs for the capacity correction by antifreeze solution. Refer to 2-2-1 for antifreeze solution concentration, 2-2-2 and 2-2-3 for capacity correction by antifreeze solution concentration.

2-2-1. Antifreeze solution concentrationUse propylene glycol solution for antifreeze.Refer to the following graph to estimate the antifreeze solution concentration required for freeze protection.DipSW setting (SW5-4 and 5-5) is required in HBC unit depending on the antifreeze solution concentration.Refer the table A for the setting.

2-2-2. Capacity correction by antifreeze solution concentration (cooling)

2-2-3. Capacity correction by antifreeze solution concentration (heating)

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

Free

zing

Tem

pera

ture

[ °C

]

0

-5

-10

-15

-20

-25

-30


Table ABrine concentration [%] 0 to 29% 30 to 49% 50 to 59% 60 to 70%

OFF OFF ON ONOFF ON OFF ONOFF OFF 1 1OFF 1 OFF 1

DipSW5-4DipSW5-5

7seg LEDLD2LD3

0 10 20 30 40 50

Rat

io o

f coo

ling

capa

city

10.99

0.98

0.970.96

0.95

0.94

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.9


Rat

io o

f coo

ling

inpu

t

10.99

0.98

0.970.96

0.95

0.94

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.9


0 10 20 30 40 50

Rat

io o

f hea

ting

capa

city

10.99

0.98

0.970.96

0.95

0.94

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.9


Rat

io o

f hea

ting

inpu

t

1.21.18

1.16

1.141.12

1.1

1.08

1.06

1.04

1.02

1



2. CAPACITY TABLES

2 - 48

WR

2

MEE15K052

2-3. Operation temperature range

30

25

20

15

10

5-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50-4 5 14 23 32 41 50 59 68 77 86 95 104 113 122

-4 5 14 23 32 41 50 59 68 77 86 95 104 113 122

Indo

or te

mpe

ratu

re

Circulating water temperature

30

25

20

15

10

5

86

77

68

59

50

41

86

77

68

59

50

41-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50

Indo

or te

mpe

ratu

re

Circulating water temperature

Water temperature

10 to 45 C (50 to 113 F) 15 to 27 CDB (59 to 81 FDB)

Indoor temperature

Cooling Heating

15 to 24 CWB (59 to 75 FWB)

Combination of cooling/heating operation (Cooling main or Heating main)

• Cooling

• Heating


2 - 49

3. SYSTEM DESIGN GUIDEW

R2

MEE15K052

3. SYSTEM DESIGN GUIDE3-1. Designing of water circuit system

1) Example of basic water circuit1) Example of basic water circuit

The water circuit of the water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI connects the heat source unit with the cooling

tower/auxiliary heat source/heat storage tank/circulation pump with a single system water piping as shown in the

figure below. The selector valve automatically controls to circulate water toward the cooling tower in the cooling

season, while toward the heat storage tank in the heating season. If the circulation water temperature is kept in a

range of 10~45°C [50~113°F] regardless of the building load, the water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI can be

operated for either cooling or heating. Therefore in the summer when only cooling load exists, the temperature rise

of circulation water will be suppressed by operating the cooling tower. While in the winter when heating load

increases, the temperature of circulation water may be dropped below 10°C [50°F]. Under such situation, the

circulation water will be heated with the auxiliary heat source if it drops below a certain temperature.

When the thermal balance between cooling and heating operation is in a correct proportion, the operation of the

auxiliary heat source and cooling tower is not required.

In order to control the above thermal balance properly and use thermal energy effectively, utilizing of heat storage

tanks, and night-time discounted electric power as a auxiliary heat source will be economical.

Meantime as this system uses plural sets of heat source unit equipped with water heat exchangers, water quality

control is important. Therefore it is recommended to use closed type cooling towers as much as possible to prevent

the circulation water from being contaminated.

When open type cooling towers are used, it is essential to provide proper maintenance control such as that to install

water treatment system to prevent troubles caused by contaminated circulation water.

E.H

S.T

T T

C.T.P

C.T

P

3-way valve

Example of basic water circuit for water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI

S.T : Heating tank (Heat storage tank)C.T : Cooling towerC.T.P : Cooling water pumpP : Circulation water pumpT : Thermostat for waterE.H : Electric heater : Heat source unit for cooling operation : Heat source unit for heating operation

The indoor unit and refrigerant piping system are excluded in this figure.


3. SYSTEM DESIGN GUIDE

2 - 50

WR

2

MEE15K052

2) Cooling tower a) Types of cooling tower

Types of cooling towersThe cooling towers presently used include the open type cooling tower, open type cooling tower + heat exchanger, closed type cooling tower, and air-cooled type cooling tower. However, as the quality control of circulation water is essential when units are installed in decentralized state inside a building, the closed type cooling tower is generally employed in such case.Although the circulation water will not be contaminated by atmospheric air, it is recommended to periodically blow water inside the system and replenish fresh water instead.In a district where the coil may be frozen in the winter, it is necessary to apply antifreeze solution to the circulation water, or take freeze protection measures such as to automatically discharge water inside the cooling coil at the stopping of the pump.When the open type cooling tower is used, be sure to install a water quality control device in addition to the freeze protection measures, as the water may be deteriorated by atmospheric contaminants entered into the cooling tower and dissolved into the circulation water.

b) Calculation method of cooling tower capacityAll units of the water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI may possibly be in cooling operation temporarily (at pulling down) in the summer, however, it is not necessary to determine the capacity according to the total cooling capacity of all HYBRID CITY MULTI units as this system has a wide operating water temperature range. It is determined in accordance with the value obtained by adding the maximum cooling load of an actual building, the input heat equivalent value of all HYBRID CITY MULTI units, and the cooling load of the circulating pumps. Please check for the values of the cooling water volume and circulation water volume.

Closed type

Air-cooled type

Cooling tower capacity = (Refrigeration ton)

Qc : Maximum cooling load under actual state (kcal/h)Qw : Total input of water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI at simultaneous operation under maximum state (kW)Pw : Shaft power of circulation pumps (kW)

Qc + 860 × (ƩQw + Pw)3,900

Cooling tower capacity = (Refrigeration ton)

Qc : Maximum cooling load under actual state (BTU/h)Qw : Total input of water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI at simultaneous operation under maximum state (kW)Pw : Shaft power of circulation pumps (kW)

* 1 Refrigerant ton of cooling tower capacity ≈ US refrigerant ton × (1 + 0.3) = 3,900 kcal/h = 15,500 BTU/h

Qc + 3,412 × (ƩQw + Pw)15,500


2 - 51


R2

MEE15K052

Determining the auxiliary heat source capacity

For the HYBRID CITY MULTI water heat source system, a heat storage tank is recommended to use. When employ-ment of the heat storage tank is difficult, the warming up operation should be arranged to cover the starting up heating load. Since the holding water inside the piping circuit owns heat capacity and the warming up operation can be assumed for about one hour except that in a cold region, the heat storage tank capacity is required to be that at the maximum daily heating load including the warming up load at the next morning of the holiday. However the auxiliary heat source capacity should be determined by the daily heating load including warming up load on the week day.For the load at the next morning of the holiday, heat storage is required by operating the auxiliary heat source even outside of the ordinary working hour.

3) Auxiliary heat source and heat storage tankWhen the heating load is larger than the cooling load, the circulation water temperature lowers in accordance with the heat balance of the system. It should be heated by the auxiliary heat source in order to keep the inlet water tempera-ture within the operating range of the water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI.

Further in order to operate the water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI effectively, it is recommended to utilize the heat storage tank to cover the warming up load in the morning and the insufficient heat amount.Effective heat utilization can be expected to cover insufficient heat at the warming up in the next morning or peak load time by storing heat by installing a heat storage tank or operating a low load auxiliary heat source at the stopping of the water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI. As it can also be possible to reduce the running cost through the heat storage by using the discounted night-time electric power, using both auxiliary heat source and heat storage tank together is recommended. The effective temperature difference of an ordinary heat storage tank shows about 5°C [41°F] even with the storing temperature at 45°C [113°F].However with the water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI, it can be utilized as heating heat source up to 15°C [59°F] with an effective temperature of a high 30°C [54°F] approximately, thus the capacity of the heat storage tank can be minimized.

a) Auxiliary heat source The following can be used as the auxiliary heat source.• Boiler (Heavy oil, kerosine, gas, electricity)• Electric heat (Insertion of electric heater into heat storage tank)• Outdoor air (Air-heat source heat pump chiller)• Warm discharge water (Exhaust water heat from machines inside building and hot water supply)• Utilization of night-time lighting• Solar heat Please note that the auxiliary heat source should be selected after studying your operating environment and economical feasibility.

When heat storage tank is not used

QH = HCT ( 1 - ) - 1000 × Vw × ∆T - 860 × Pw

QH : Auxiliary heat source capacity (kcal/h)HCT : Total heating capacity of each water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI (kcal/h)COPH : COP of water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI at heatingVW : Holding water volume inside piping (m3)∆T : Allowable water temperature drop = TWH - TWL (°C)TWH : Heat source water temperature at high temperature side (°C)TWL : Heat source water temperature at low temperature side (°C)PW : Heat source water pump shaft power (kW)

1COPh

QH = HCT ( 1 - ) - 8.343 × Vw × ∆T - 3412 × Pw

QH : Auxiliary heat source capacity (BTU/h)HCT : Total heating capacity of each water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI (BTU/h)COPH : COP of water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI at heatingVW : Holding water volume inside piping (G)∆T : Allowable water temperature drop = TWH - TWL (°F)TWH : Heat source water temperature at high temperature side (°F)TWL : Heat source water temperature at low temperature side (°F)PW : Heat source water pump shaft power (kW)

1COPh



2 - 52

WR

2

MEE15K052

When heat storage tank is not used

HQ1T • ( 1 - ) - 860 × Pw × T2

QH = × K (kcal) T1

QH1T : Total of heating load on weekday including warming up (kcal/day)T1 : Operating hour of auxiliary heat source (h)T2 : Operating hour of heat source water pump (h)K : Allowance factor (Heat storage tank, piping loss, etc.) 1.05~1.10

HQ1T is calculated from the result of steady state load calculation similarly by using the equation below.

HQ1T = 1.15 × (ƩQ'a + ƩQ'b + ƩQ'c + ƩQ'd + ƩQ'f) T2 - ψ (ƩQe1 + ƩQe2 + ƩQe3) (T2 - 1)

Q'a : Thermal load from external wall/roof in each zone (kcal/h)Q'b : Thermal load from glass window in each zone (kcal/h)Q'c : Thermal load from partition/ceiling/floor in each zone (kcal/h)Q'd : Thermal load by infiltration in each zone (kcal/h)Q'f : Fresh outdoor air load in each zone (kcal/h)Q'e1 : Thermal load from human body in each zone (kcal/h)Q'e2 : Thermal load from lighting fixture in each zone (kcal/h)Q'e3 : Thermal load from equipment in each zone (kcal/h)ψ : Radiation load rate 0.6~0.8T2 : Air conditioning hour

1COPh

HQ1T • ( 1 - ) - 3,412 × Pw × T2

QH = × K (BTU) T1

QH1T : Total of heating load on weekday including warming up (BTU/day)T1 : Operating hour of auxiliary heat source (h)T2 : Operating hour of heat source water pump (h)K : Allowance factor (Heat storage tank, piping loss, etc.) 1.05~1.10

HQ1T is calculated from the result of steady state load calculation similarly by using the equation below.

HQ1T = 1.15 × (ƩQ'a + ƩQ'b + ƩQ'c + ƩQ'd + ƩQ'f) T2 - ψ (ƩQe1 + ƩQe2 + ƩQe3) (T2 - 1)

Q'a : Thermal load from external wall/roof in each zone (BTU/h)Q'b : Thermal load from glass window in each zone (BTU/h)Q'c : Thermal load from partition/ceiling/floor in each zone (BTU/h)Q'd : Thermal load by infiltration in each zone (BTU/h)Q'f : Fresh outdoor air load in each zone (BTU/h)Q'e1 : Thermal load from human body in each zone (BTU/h)Q'e2 : Thermal load from lighting fixture in each zone (BTU/h)Q'e3 : Thermal load from equipment in each zone (BTU/h)ψ : Radiation load rate 0.6~0.8T2 : Air conditioning hour

1COPh


2 - 53


R2

MEE15K052

b) Heat storage tankHeat storage tank can be classified by types into the open type heat storage tank exposed to atmosphere, and the closed type heat storage tank with structure separated from atmosphere. Although the size of the tank and its instal-lation place should be taken into account, the closed type tank is being usually employed by considering corrosion problems.The capacity of heat storage tanks is determined in accordance with the daily maximum heating load that includes warming up load to be applied for the day after the holiday.

HQ2T ( 1 - ) - 860 × Pw × T2 - QH × T2

V = (ton) ∆T × 1,000 × ƞV

1COPh

HQ2T ( 1 - ) - 3,412 × Pw × T2 - QH × T2

V = (Ibs) ∆T × ƞV

1COPh

When auxiliary heat source is operated during operation and even after stopping of water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI unit

HQ2T ( 1 - ) - 860 × Pw × T2 V = (ton) ∆T × 1,000 × ƞV

HQ2T : Maximum heating load including load required for the day after the holiday (kcal/day)∆T : Temperature difference utilized by heat storage tank (°C)ƞV : Heat storage tank efficiency

HQ2T : 1.3 × (ƩQ'a + ƩQ'c + ƩQ'd + ƩQ'f) T2 - ψ (ƩQe2 + ƩQe3) (T2 - 1)

1COPh

HQ2T ( 1 - ) - 3,412 × Pw × T2 V = (Ibs) ∆T × ƞV

HQ2T : Maximum heating load including load required for the day after the holiday (BTU/day)∆T : Temperature difference utilized by heat storage tank (°F)ƞV : Heat storage tank efficiency


1COPh

HQ2T : Maximum heating load including load required for the day after the holiday (kcal/day)∆T : Temperature difference utilized by heat storage tank (°C)ƞV : Heat storage tank efficiency


HQ2T : Maximum heating load including load required for the day after the holiday (BTU/day)∆T : Temperature difference utilized by heat storage tank (°F)ƞV : Heat storage tank efficiency


When auxiliary heat source is operated after stopping of water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI unit



2 - 54

WR

2

MEE15K052

System example of water circuit

4) Piping systemThe following items should be kept in your mind in planning / designing water circuits.

a) All units should be constituted in a single circuit in principle.

b) When plural numbers of the water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI unit are installed, the rated circulating water flow rate should be kept by making the piping resistance to each unit almost same value. As an example, the reverse return system as shown below may be employed.

c) Depending on the structure of a building, the water circuit may be prefabricated by making the layout uniform.

d) When a closed type piping circuit is constructed, install an expansion tank usable commonly for a make-up water tank to absorb the expansion/contraction of water caused by temperature fluctuation.

e) If the operating temperature range of circulation water stays within the temperature near the normal temperature (summer :29.4°C [85°F], winter :21.1°C [70°F]), thermal insulation or anti-sweating work is not required for the piping inside buildings.

In case of the conditions below, however, thermal insulation is required.

• When well water is used for heat source water.• When piped to outdoor or a place where freezing may be caused.

• When vapor condensation may be generated on piping due to an increase in dry bulb temperature caused by the

entry of fresh outdoor air.

Heatsource

unit

HBC controller

Backflow prevention valvePump Strainer

3-way valve

3-way valve

Cooling towerHeating tank

Flexible joint

Water piping

Refrigerant piping

To indoor unit

ValveJoint

Drain

Y-shape strainer

Heatsource

unit

HBC controller

Heatsource

unit

HBC controller

Heatsource

unit

HBC controller


2 - 55


R2

MEE15K052

5) Practical System Examples and Circulation Water Control

Example-1 Combination of closed type cooling tower and hot water heat storage tank (using underground hollow slab)

Since the water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI is of water heat source system, versatile systems can be consti-tuted by combining it with various heat sources.The practical system examples are given below.Either cooling or heating operation can be performed if the circulation water temperature of the water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI stays within a range of 15~45°C [59~113°F]. However, the circulation water temperature near 32°C [90°F] for cooling and 20°C [68°F] for heating is recommended by taking the life, power consumption and capacity of the air conditioning units into consideration. The detail of the control is also shown below.

By detecting the circulation water temperature of the water heat source HYBRID CITY MULTI system with T1 (around 32°C [90°F]) and T2 (around 20°C [68°F]), the temperature will be controlled by opening/closing V1 in the summer and V2 in the winter.In the summer, as the circulation water temperature rises exceeding the set temperature of T1, the bypass port of V1 will open to lower the circulation water temperature. While in the winter, as the circulation water temperature drops, V2 will open following the command of T2 to rise the circulation water temperature.The water inside the heat storage tank will be heated by the auxiliary heat source by V3 being opened with timer operation in the night-time. The electric heater of the auxiliary heat source will be controlled by T3 and the timer. The start/stop control of the fan and pump of the closed type cooling tower is applied with the step control of the fan and pump following the command of the auxiliary switch XS of V1, that operates only the fan at the light load while the fan and pump at the maximum load thus controlling water temperature and saving motor power.

Heatsource

unit

Heat exchanger

Heat storagetank pump

T1~T4 : ThermostatV1~V2 : Proportional type motor-driven 3-way valveV3 : Motor-driven 3-way valveXS : Auxiliary switchMG : Magnetic switchEH : Electric heater

Heat storage tank

Auxiliaryheat source

T2

V2

EH

T4

MG

V3

T3

Cooling water pumpClosed typecooling tower

Expansion tank

Circulation water pump

V1

T1XS



2 - 56

WR

2

MEE15K052

Example-2 Combination of closed type cooling tower and hot water heat storage tank

In the summer, as the circulation water temperature rises exceeding the set temperature of T1, the bypass port of V1 will open to lower the circulation water temperature. In the winter, if the circulation water temperature stays below 25°C [77°F], V2 will open/close by the command of T2 to keep the circulation water temperature constant.The temperature of the hot water inside the heat storage tank will be controlled through the step control of the electric heater by step controller operation following the command of T3.During the stopping of the heat source water pump, the bypass port of V2 will be closed fully by interlocking thus preventing the high temperature water from entering into the system at the starting of the pump.The start/stop control of the fan and pump of the closed type cooling tower is applied with the step control of the fan and pump following the command of the auxiliary switch XS of V1, that operates only the fan at the light load while the fan and pump at the maximum load thus controlling water temperature and saving motor power.

Heatsource

unit

Closed typecooling tower

T1 : Proportional type, insertion system thermostatT2 : Proportional type, insertion system thermostatT3 : Proportional type, insertion system thermostatV1 : Proportional type, motor-driven 3-way valveV2 : Proportional type, motor-driven 3-way valveXS : Auxiliary switch (Duplex switch type)SC : Step controllerR : RelayMG : Magnetic

SC MG

T3

CV

V1

XS

R

V2

T2

Hot water heatstorage tank

Heat sourcewater pumpPump interlock


2 - 57


R2

MEE15K052

Example-3 Combination of closed type cooling tower and boiler

In the summer, as the circulation water temperature rises exceeding the set temperature of T1, the bypass port of V1 will close to lower the circulation water temperature. In the winter, if the circulation water temperature drops below 25°C [77°F], V2 will conduct water temperature control to keep the circulation water temperature constant.During the stopping of the heat source water pump, the bypass port of V2 will be closed fully by interlocking.The start/stop control of the fan and pump of the closed type cooling tower is applied with the step control following the command of the auxiliary switch XS of V1, thus controlling water temperature and saving motor power.

Heatsource

unit


T1 : Proportional type, insertion system thermostatT2 : Proportional type, insertion system thermostatT3 : Proportional type, insertion system thermostatV1 : Proportional type, motor-driven 3-way valveS : Selector switchR : RelayXS : Auxiliary switch (Duplex switch type)

Relay board

Boiler

XSV1

T1

V2

R

T2

Heat sourcewater pump

Pump interlock



2 - 58

WR

2

MEE15K052

Example-4 Combination of closed type cooling tower and heat exchanger (of other heat source)

In the summer, as the circulation water temperature rises exceeding the set temperature of T1, the bypass port of V1 will close to lower the circulation water temperature. In the winter, if the circulation water temperature drops below 26°C [79°F], V2 will conduct water temperature control to keep the circulation water temperature constant.During the stopping of the heat source water pump, the bypass port of V2 will be closed fully by interlocking.The start/stop control of the fan and pump of the closed type cooling tower is applied with the step control following the command of the auxiliary switch XS of V1, thus controlling water temperature and saving motor power.

Heatsource

unit


T1 : Proportional type, insertion system thermostatT2 : Proportional type, insertion system thermostatV1 : Proportional type, motor-driven 3-way valveV2 : Proportional type, motor-driven 3-way valveS : Selector switchR : RelayXS : Auxiliary switch (Duplex switch type)

Relay board

XSV1

T1

V2

T2


Heat exchanger

Other heat source water


2 - 59


R2

MEE15K052

Indoorunit

Heat sourceequipment

Watercircuit


(MP)

Site control panel

Refrigerant piping

Water pipingTransmission line

HBC controller

Remote controllerRoom-A

Indoorunit

Room-B

Room-E

Indoorunit

Room-C

Indoorunit

Room-D

Room-F(Remote controller

operation at two spot)Room-G

6) Pump interlock circuit

Flow switch:FS

Flow switch:FS

1TB8

2

3

4

1TB8

2

3

4

MP

~ / N 240/230/220V

52P

MCB

L N

52P

This circuit uses the “Terminal block for pump interlock (TB8)“ inside the electrical parts box of the heat source equipment.This circuit is for interlocking of the heat source equipment operation and the heat source water pump.

Wiring diagram

Heat source equipment

Operation ON signal

Pump interlock

Operation ON signal

Pump interlock

Heat source equipment

To next equipment

Site control panel

X : RelayRated voltage : L1 - N : 220 ~ 240VRated load : 1AFS : Flow switch52P : Magnetic contactor for heat source water pumpMP : Heat source water pumpMCB : Circuit breaker

*Remove the short circuit wire between 3 and 4 when wiring to TB8.

*Pump interlockOperating the heat source unit without circulation waterinside the water piping can cause troubles. Be sure toprovide interlocking for the unit operation and watercircuit(pump interlock). Since the terminal block is being provided inside the unit, use it as required.

Use the flow switch (FS)

• Plural indoor units being connected to a single refrigerant system can be controlled individually.• The transmission line is of a jumper wiring system using non-polar 2 wires.



2 - 60

WR

2

MEE15K052

Operation ON signal

Pump Interlock

Terminal No.

Output

TB8-1, 2

Relay contacts output Rated voltage : L1 - N : 220 ~ 240VRated load : 1A

Terminal No.

Input

Operation

TB8-3, 4

FS

Short-circuit wire

When connecting a pump interlock circuit

(The wires drawn in dotted lines are field supplied.)

Contact rating 250 VAC 10 mA or aboveMinimum applicable load 5 mA or belowTB8

4

3

Level signal

If the circuit between TB8-3 and TB8-4 is open, compressor operation is prohibited.

( )

Operation• When setting No.917 for Dip switch 4 (Dip switch 6-10 is ON) is OFF.The relay closes during compressor operation.

• When setting No.917 for Dip switch 4 (Dip switch 6-10 is ON) is ON.The relay closes during reception of cooling or the heating operation signal from the controller.(Note : It is output even if the thermostat is OFF (when the compressor is stopped).)

SW4 0: OFF, 1: ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1

*Remove the short circuit wire between 3 and 4 when wiring to TB8. To prevent a false detection of error resulting from contact failure, use a flow switch with a minimum guaranteed current of 5 mA or below for FS.


2 - 61


R2

MEE15K052

3-2. Water piping work

Installation example of heat source unit

Although the water piping for the HYBRID CITY MULTI WR2 system does not differ from that for ordinary air conditioning systems, pay special attention to the items below in conducting the piping work.

1) Items to be observed on installation work• In order to equalize piping resistance for each unit, adapt

the reverse return system.• Mount a joint and a valve onto the water outlet/inlet of the

unit to allow for maintenance, inspection and replacement work. Be sure to mount a strainer at the water inlet piping of the unit. (The strainer is required at the circulation water inlet to protect the heat source unit.)

* The installation example of the heat source unit is shown right.

• Be sure to provide an air relief opening on the water piping properly, and purge air after feeding water to the piping system.

• Condensate will generate at the low temperature part inside the heat source equipment. Connect drain piping to the drain piping connection located at the bottom of the heat source equipment to discharge it outside the equip-ment.

• At the center of the header of the heat exchanger water inlet inside the unit, a plug for water discharge is being provided.Use it for maintenance work or the like.

• Mount a backflow prevention valve and a flexible joint for vibration control onto the pump.

• Provide a sleeve to the penetrating parts of the wall to prevent the piping.

• Fasten the piping with metal fitting, arrange the piping not to expose to cutting or bending force, and pay sufficient care for possible vibration.

• Be careful not to erroneously judge the position of the inlet and outlet of water.(Lower position : Inlet, Upper position : Outlet)

• When connecting heat source unit water piping and water piping on site, apply liquid sealing material for water piping over the sealing tape before connection. (for Maximum water pressure above 1.0MPa)

• Wrap the sealing tape as follows.Wrap the joint with sealing tape in the direction of the threads (clockwise), and do not let the tape run over the edge.Overlap the sealing tape by two-thirds to three-fourths of its width on each turn. Press the tape with your fingers so that it is pressed firmly against each thread.Leave the 1.5th through 2nd farthest threads away from the pipe end unwrapped.

• Hold the pipe on the unit side in place with a spanner when installing the pipes or strainer. Tighten screws to a torque of 150N·m.

2) Thermal insulation workThermal insulation or anti sweating work is not required for the piping inside buildings in the case of the HYBRID CITY MULTI WR2 system if the operating temperature range of circulation water stays within the temperature near the normal (summer : 29.4°C[85°F], winter : 21.1°C[70°F]).In case of the conditions below, however, thermal insula-tion is required.

• Use of well water for heat source water• Outdoor piping portions• Indoor piping portions where freezing may be caused in

winter• A place where vapor condensation may be generated on

piping due to an increase in dry bulb temperature inside the ceiling caused by the entry of fresh outdoor air

• Drain piping portions

3) Water treatment and water quality controlFor the circulation water cooling tower of the HYBRID CITY MULTI WR2 system, employment of the closed type is recommended to keep water quality. However, in the case that an open type cooling tower is employed or the circulating water quality is inferior, scale will adhere onto the water heat exchanger leading to the decreased heat exchange capacity or the corrosion of the heat exchanger. Be sufficiently careful for water quality control and water treatment at the installation of the circulation water system

• Removal of impurities inside pipingBe careful not to allow impurities such as welding fragment, remaining sealing material and rust from mixing into the piping during installation work.

• Water treatmentThe water quality standards have been established by the industry (Japan Refrigeration, Air Conditioning Industry Association, in case of Japan) for water treatment to be applied.

a)

b)

c)

pH (25°C[77°F])Electric conductivity (mS/m) (25°C[77°F])

(μS/cm) (25°C[77°F])Chloride ion (mg Cl-/ )Sulfate ion (mg SO4 2-/ )Acid consumption (pH4.8)

(mg CaCO3/ )Total hardness (mg CaCO3/ )Calcium hardness (mg CaCO3/ )Ionic silica (mg SiO2/ )Iron (mg Fe/ )Copper (mg Cu/ )

Sulfide ion (mg S2-/ )

Ammonium ion (mg NH4+/ )

Residual chlorine (mg Cl/ )Free carbon dioxide (mg CO2/ )Ryzner stability index

Standarditems

Refer-enceitems

Items

Lower mid-rangetemperature water system

7.0 ~ 8.030 or less

[300 or less]50 or less50 or less

50 or less

70 or less50 or less30 or less1.0 or less1.0 or lessnot to bedetected

0.3 or less0.25 or less0.4 or less

–

7.0 ~ 8.030 or less


50 or less

70 or less50 or less30 or less0.3 or less0.1 or lessnot to bedetected

0.1 or less0.3 or less4.0 or less

–

TendencyRecirculating

water

[68<T<140°F][20<T<60°C]

Make-upwater

Corrosive Scale-forming

Reference : Guideline of Water Quality for Refrigeration and Air ConditioningEquipment. (JRA GL02E-1994)

Shutoffvalve

Main circulatingwater pipe

Water inlet (lower)

Water outlet(upper)

Drain pipe

Refrigerantpipes

Shutoff valve

Y-typestrainer



2 - 62

WR

2

MEE15K052

In order to keep the water quality within such standards, you are kindly requested to conduct bleeding-off by overflow and periodical water quality tests, and use inhibitors to suppress condensation or corrosion. Since piping may be corroded by some kinds of inhibitor, consult an appropriate water treatment expert for proper water treatment.

4) Pump interlockOperating the heat source unit without circulation water inside the water piping can cause a trouble. Be sure to provide interlocking for the unit operation and water circuit. Since the terminal block is being provided inside the unit, use it as required.


2 - 63


R2

MEE15K052

5) Handling plate heat exchangers for heat-source units

<Designing the piping system> Install a strainer (50 mesh or finer recommended) near the heat-source unit on the inlet side of the hot/cold water pipe

and cooling-water pipe (hereafter referred to as water pipes) to prevent an infiltration of foreign materials of solid nature, such as dirt and sand, into the plate heat exchanger. Depending on the water quality, scale may form inside plate heat exchangers. Plate heat exchangers must be

chemically cleaned regularly to remove scale formation. Install sluice valves on the water pipes, and provide ports for connecting a pipe between the sluice valves and the heat-source unit for chemical cleaning. On both the inlet and outlet sides of water pipes, provide a plug to remove trapped air and water (also to be used for

cleaning heat-source units and for purging water before a period of nonuse in winter or at the end of an air conditioning season). Also, provide automatic air-vent valves where air is likely to be trapped (such as a pipe that runs vertically). In addition to installing the above-mentioned strainers, install a cleanable strainer near the pump pipe inlet. Keep the pipes properly insulated and take an appropriate measure against humidity to minimize heat loss and prevent

freeze damage in severe cold climate. If the system is stopped during winter or at night in subfreezing temperatures, take appropriate measures to protect

pipes from freezing (i.e., pipe purging and use of water-circulation pump or heater) and prevent resultant damage to the plate heat exchanger.

<Test run> Before performing a test run, check that the piping system is properly installed, especially the strainers, air-vents,

automatic water-supply valves, expansion tanks, and systems. After the pipe system is filled with water, first, operate the pump alone to check the system for trapped air and adjust

the water flow rate to prevent the plate heat exchanger from freezing. Take into consideration the water pressure loss before and after each heat-source unit, and make sure the water flow rate falls within the design water flow rate range. Stop the test run and correct any problems found, if any. At the completion of a test run, check the strainer at the inlet pipe of the heat-source unit and clean it as necessary.

<Daily maintenance> Controlling the water quality

Plate heat exchangers cannot be disassembled for cleaning and have no replaceable parts. Watch the water quality to prevent corrosion and scale formation. The quality of the water to be used for plate heat exchangers must meet the water quality guidelines JRA GL-02-1994 specified by Japan Refrigeration and Air conditioning Industry Association (JRAIA). (Refer to section 3) Water treatment and water quality control.) Controlling the circulation water flow rate

Insufficient water rate will cause freeze damage to plate heat exchangers. Check for insufficient water flow caused by clogged strainer, trapped air in the system, or malfunction of the circulation water pump. Flow rate can also be checked by measuring the temperature or pressure difference between the inlet and outlet of plate heat exchangers. If the temperature or pressure difference goes outside of the specified range, stop the operation, remove the cause of the problem, and resume operation. What to do when the freeze protection trips

If the freeze protection trips during operation, be sure to remove its cause before resuming operation. Tripped freeze protection indicates that the system is partially frozen, and resuming operation without removing the cause of the problem will result in freeze damage to plate heat exchangers and/or pipes as well as resultant refrigerant leaks and infiltration of water into the refrigerant circuit.

P

Example piping system configuration

Heat-source unit

Air-vent plug (also to be used for pipe cleaning) Cleaning device

Sluice valveTo outlet

From inletSluice valve

Strainer

Water-purge plug (also to be used for pipe cleaning)

Plate heat exchanger



2 - 64

WR

2

MEE15K052

<Maintaining plate heat exchangers>Plate heat exchangers must be maintained in a planned and periodical manner to prevent scale formation, which maycause performance loss or decrease water flow rate that result in freeze damage to the plate heat exchanger.

Check the following items before the operating season.1. Check that the water quality meets the specified water quality.2. Clean the strainers.3. Check that the water flow rate is adequate.4. Check for proper operation (e.g., pressure, flow rate, inlet/outlet temperatures).

Plate heat exchangers cannot be disassembled for cleaning. Clean them in the following way.1. Make sure that there is a pipe connection port on the water inlet pipe.

Use formic acid, citric acid, oxalic acid, acetic acid, or phosphoric acid diluted to 5% to clean plate heat exchangers. Do not use highly corrosive acids, such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, or nitric acid.

2. Make sure that valves are installed before the inlet connection port and after the outlet connection port.3. Connect a pipe for circulating cleaning solution to the inlet/outlet pipes of the plate heat exchanger, fill the plate heat

exchanger with cleaning solution at a temperature between 50 and 60°C, and circulate the cleaning solution with a pump for 2 to 5 hours. The cleaning time will depend on the temperature of the cleaning solution and the degree of scale formation. Use the color of the cleaning solution as a guide to determine how long the system needs to be cleaned.

4. When done, discharge the cleaning solution out of the plate heat exchanger, fill it with sodium hydrate (NaOH) or sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3) diluted with water to 1 to 2%, and let the solution be circulated for 15 to 20 minutes until the cleaning solution is neutralized.

5. After neutralizing the cleaning solution, thoroughly rinse the plate heat exchanger with clean water.6. When using a commercially available cleaning solution, make sure to use a solution not corrosive to stainless steel

or copper.7. Consult the cleaning solution manufacture for details.

At the completion of cleaning, check the system for proper operation.


3 - 1

HYBRID CITY MULTI3. SYSTEM DESIGN

MEE15K052

SYSTEM DESIGN YLM R2 SERIES ...................................................................................................... 3 - 3

SYSTEM DESIGN YLM WR2 SERIES................................................................................................. 3 - 17

INSTALLATION INFORMATION .......................................................................................................... 3 - 31

CAUTION FOR REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE......................................................................................... 3 - 37

TOC_SystemDesign.fm 1 ページ２０１６年１月１３日　水曜日　午後１時２２分

3 - 2MEE15K052

TOC_SystemDesign.fm 2 ページ２０１６年１月１３日　水曜日　午後１時２２分

3 - 3

CITY MULTI

MEE15K052

SYSTEM DESIGN YLM R2 SERIES

1. Electrical work.................................................................................................................................................. 3 - 4

1-1.Power supply for Outdoor unit ................................................................................................................... 3 - 4

2. M-NET control.................................................................................................................................................. 3 - 5

2-1.Address setting.......................................................................................................................................... 3 - 5

3. Piping Design................................................................................................................................................... 3 - 6

3-1.R410A Piping material............................................................................................................................... 3 - 63-2.Piping Design ............................................................................................................................................ 3 - 73-3.Refrigerant charging calculation ................................................................................................................ 3 - 133-4.Water piping .............................................................................................................................................. 3 - 14

0000003906.BOOK 3 ページ２０１６年２月１８日　木曜日　午前１０時３４分

3 - 4

S.D

. R2

MEE15K052

1. Electrical workI.1. Electrical work1-1. Power supply for Outdoor unit

1-1-1. Electrical characteristics of the outdoor unit in cooling mode

Symbols: MCA: Max Circuit Amps

RLA: Rated Load Amps SC: Starting Current

PURY-P-YLM-A1 Unit CombinationUnits

Power supply

Compressor FAN RLA(A)(50/60Hz)

Hz VoltsVoltage range

MCA(A)Output(kW)

SC(A) Output(kW) Cooling Heating

PURY-P200YLM-A1(-BS) -

50/60380400415

Max:456VMin:342V

16.1 5.6 8 0.92 8.9/8.4/8.1 9.2/8.8/8.4

PURY-P250YLM-A1(-BS) - 17.3 6.9 8 0.92 11.7/11.1/10.7 12.3/11.7/11.3

PURY-P300YLM-A1(-BS) - 22.2 8.1 8 0.92 15.3/14.5/14.0 15.8/15.0/14.4

PURY-P350YLM-A1(-BS) - 27.8 10.5 8 0.92 19.8/18.8/18.1 19.5/18.5/17.9

PURY-P400YLM-A1(-BS) - 32.4 10.9 8 0.92 23.1/21.9/21.1 19.2/18.3/17.6

PURY-P450YLM-A1(-BS) - 35.3 12.4 8 0.92 24.1/22.9/22.1 25.2/23.9/23.0

PURY-P500YLM-A1(-BS) - 41.9 13.4 8 0.92 29.9/28.4/27.4 27.1/25.7/24.8

PURY-EP-YLM-A1 Unit CombinationUnits

Power supply

Compressor FAN RLA(A)(50/60Hz)


MCA(A)Output(kW)

SC(A) Output(kW) Cooling Heating

PURY-EP200YLM-A1(-BS) -

50/60380400415

Max:456VMin:342V

16.1 5.6 8 0.92 9.2/8.7/8.4 10.8/10.2/9.9

PURY-EP250YLM-A1(-BS) - 19.9 6.9 8 0.92 12.2/11.6/11.2 14.2/13.5/13.0

PURY-EP300YLM-A1(-BS) - 23.6 8.1 8 0.92 15.5/14.7/14.2 16.8/15.9/15.4

PURY-EP350YLM-A1(-BS) - 30.6 10.5 8 0.92 21.2/20.1/19.4 21.8/20.7/19.9

PURY-EP400YLM-A1(-BS) - 31.7 10.9 8 0.92 21.2/20.1/19.4 22.6/21.4/20.7

PURY-EP450YLM-A1(-BS) - 37.4 12.4 8 0.92 25.0/23.7/22.9 26.7/25.4/24.5

PURY-EP500YLM-A1(-BS) - 46.1 13.4 8 0.92 31.4/29.8/28.7 32.9/31.3/30.2


3 - 5

S.D

. R2

MEE15K052

2. M-NET control2. M-NET control2-1. Address setting

2-1-1. Rule of setting address

Unit

Indoor unit

ME, LOSSNAYRemote controller(Main)

ME, LOSSNAYRemote controller(Sub)

Address setting

01 ~ 50

52 ~ 99, 100

101 ~ 150

151 ~ 199, 200

NoteExample

The address of the smallest address of indoor unit connected to the HBC controller +50 Please reset one of them to an address between 51

and 99 when two addresses overlap. The address automatically becomes "100" if it is set

as "01~ 50"

The smallest address of indoor unit in the group + 100

The place of "100" is fixed to "1"

ON/OFF remote controller

AE-200E/AE-50EEW-50EAG-150AAT-50BEB-50GU-J

000, 201 ~ 250

000, 201 ~ 250

Loca

l remo

te co

ntroll

erSy

stem

con

trolle

r

The address of main remote controller + 50

The address automatically becomes "200" if it is set as "00"

10 1

10 1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

10 1

10 1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

10 1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

90 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

10 1100

10 1100

LMAP04-E 201 ~ 250

1

1

Fixed

Fixed

2Fixed

Outdoor unit

HBC controller

51 ~ 99, 100

The smallest address of indoor unit in same refrigerant system + 50Assign sequential address numbers to the outdoor units in one refrigerant circuit system. OC, OS1 and OS2 are automatically detected. (Note 2) Please reset one of them to an address between 51


as "01~ 50"

Use the most recent address within the same group of indoor units.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8

9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

10 1(Note1)

0,2 0~5 0~9

PAC-YG50ECA 000, 201 ~ 250

10 1100

0,2 0~5 0~9

BAC-HD150 000, 201 ~ 250

10 1100

0,2 0~5 0~9

The smallest group No. to be managed is changeable.

Settings are made on the initial screen of AG-150A.

Settings are made with setting tool of BM ADAPTER.

The smallest group No. to be managed + 200

Note1: To set the address to "100", set it to "50"Note2: Outdoor units OC, OS1 and OS2 in one refrigerant circuit system are automatically detected. OC, OS1 and OS2 are ranked in descending order of capacity. If units are the same capacity, they are ranked in ascending order of their address.


3 - 6

S.D

. R2

MEE15K052

3. Piping Design3. Piping Design3-1. R410A Piping material

Refrigerant pipe for HYBRID CITY MULTI shall be made of phosphorus deoxidized copper, and has two types. A. Type-O: Soft copper pipe (annealed copper pipe), can be easily bent with human's hand. B. Type-1/2H pipe: Hard copper pipe (Straight pipe), being stronger than Type-O pipe of the same radical thickness. The maximum operation pressure of R410A air conditioner is 4.30 MPa [623psi]. The refrigerant piping should ensure the safety under the maximum operation pressure. MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC recommends pipe size as Table 3-1, or You shall follow the local industrial standard. Pipes of radical thickness 0.7mm or less shall not be used.

* For pipe sized ø19.05 (3/4") for R410A air conditioner, choice of pipe type is up to you. * The figures in the radial thickness column are based on the Japanese standards and provided only as a reference. Use pipes that meet the local standards.

Size (mm) Size (inch) Radial thickness (mm) Pipe typeø6.35 ø1/4" 0.8 Type-Oø9.52 ø3/8" 0.8 Type-Oø12.7 ø1/2" 0.8 Type-O

ø15.88 ø5/8" 1.0 Type-Oø19.05 ø3/4" 1.2 Type-Oø19.05 ø3/4" 1.0 Type-1/2H or H

ø22.2 ø7/8" 1.0 Type-1/2H or Hø25.4 ø1" 1.0 Type-1/2H or H

ø28.58 ø1-1/8" 1.0 Type-1/2H or Hø31.75 ø1-1/4" 1.1 Type-1/2H or Hø34.93 ø1-3/8" 1.2 Type-1/2H or Hø41.28 ø1-5/8" 1.4

Radial thickness (mil)[32][32][32][40][48][40][40][40][40][44][48][56] Type-1/2H or H

Table 3-1. Copper pipe size and radial thickness for R410A HYBRID CITY MULTI.

Flare

Due to the relative higher operation pressure of R410A compared to R22, the flare connection should follow dimensions mentioned below so as to achieve enough the air-tightness.

Flare pipe Pipe size A (For R410A) Flare nut Pipe size (mm[in.]) (mm[in.]) B (For R410A)

ø6.35 [1/4"]ø9.52 [3/8"]

ø12.70 [1/2"]ø15.88 [5/8"]ø19.05 [3/4"] 24.0

16.619.7

9.113.2

ø6.35 [1/4"]ø9.52 [3/8"]

ø12.70 [1/2"]ø15.88 [5/8"]ø19.05 [3/4"] 36.0

17.022.026.029.0

A

B


3 - 7

S.D

. R2

MEE15K052

3. Piping Design

3-2. Piping Design3-2-1. Restrictions on pipe length

(J)(D)

(D)(D)(D)(D)

(A)

(B)(I)

(G)

(K)

(L)

(C)(H)

(F)

(E)

A

cd e

b

a

h1

h2

f

g

H1

H

(A) Outdoor unit (~(E)P350) (B) Main-HBC controller(C) Sub-HBC controller (D) Indoor unit(E) Less than H=50 m (when the outdoor unit is higher than HBC)(F) Less than H1=40 m (when the outdoor unit is lower than HBC)(G) Twinning pipe (field supply)(H) Less than 110 m (I) Less than 60 m(J) Up to three units for 1 branch port

Total capacity: less than 80 (but in same mode, cooling/heating)(K) Less than 15 m (L) Less than 15 m

CMB-WP108V-GA1 + CMB-WP108V-GB1 (CMB-WP1016V-GA1) (CMB-WP1016V-GB1)

(Unit: m)

Item Piping portion Allowable valueBetween outdoor unit andHBC controller (refrigerant pipework) A 110 or less

Water pipework between indoor unitsand HBC controller f + g 60 or less

H 50 or lessBetween HBC and outdoor units

Outdoor unit above HBC

Outdoor unit below HBC H1 40 or less

Between indoor units and HBC controller h12hstinu roodni neewteB

Pipe

Len

gths

Diffe

renc

e of e

levati

on

Note:1.Indoor units that are connected to the same branch joint cannot be si-multaneously operated in different operation modes.

15(10) or less*1 15(10) or less*1

*1. Values in ( ) are applied when indoor total capacity exceeds 130% of outdoor unit capacity

(C)

(J)(D)

(A)(B1)

(B2)

(H)

(I)

(G)

(K)

(L)

(D) (D) (D)

(D)

(M) (D)(F

)(E

)

(G)A1

A2

A3

cd e

f

b

a

h1

h2

g

h3

H1

H B

(A) Outdoor unit ((E)P300~) (B1), (B2) Main-HBC controller(C) Sub-HBC controller Total indoor units capacity: P375 or less

Total indoor units capacity (B2)+(C): P375 or less(D) Indoor unit(E) Less than H=50 m (when the outdoor unit is higher than HBC)(F) Less than H1=40 m (when the outdoor unit is lower than HBC)(G) Twinning pipe (field supply)(H) Less than 110 m (I) Less than 60 m(J) Up to three units for 1 branch port

Total capacity: less than 80 (but in same mode, cooling/heating)(K) Less than 15 m (L) Less than 15 m(M) Less than 15 m


(Unit: m)

Item Piping portion Allowable valueBetween outdoor unit andHBC controller (refrigerant pipework) A1 + A2 + A3 110 or less


ssel ro 04Bsrellortnoc CBH neewteB

Between HBC and outdoor units

Outdoor unit above HBC H 50 or less

Outdoor unit below HBC H1 40 or less

Between indoor units and HBC controller h12hstinu roodni neewteB3hsrellortnoc CBH neewteB

Pipe

Len

gths

Diffe

renc

e of

ele

vatio

n

15(10) or less*115(10) or less*115(10) or less*1

*1. Values in ( ) are applied when indoor total capacity exceeds 130% of outdoor unit capacity


3 - 8

S.D

. R2

MEE15K052

3. Piping Design

1. Refrigerant and water pipe size(1) Refrigerant pipe between outdoor unit and HBC controller (Part A, A1, A2, and A3)

(2) Water pipe between HBC controller and indoor units (Sections a, b, c, d, e, and g)

*Water Pipe size between HBC controller and joint is also 20A.

(3) Water pipe between HBC controller and Sub-HBC

(4) Refrigerant pipe between HBC controller and HBC controller

2. Connecting the HBC controller(1) Size of the pipe that fits the standard HBC controller ports

Indoor unit Inlet pipe size Outlet pipe size

P15 - P50 20A 20A

Inlet pipe size Outlet pipe size

Cold-water side 20A 20A

Hot-water side 20A 20A

Unit: mm [inch]

ø15.88 [5/8" ] (Brazed connection)

HBC CONTROLLERUnit model Model name

Use of one HBC controller

Use of two HBC controllers

High pressure side Low pressure sidePURY-(E)P200 (HBC CONTROLLER)

CMB-WP108V-GA1CMB-WP1016V-GA1*1

ø19.05 (Brazing)ø22.2 (Brazing)052P)E(-YRUPø22.2 (Brazing)003P)E(-YRUPø28.58 (Brazing)

ø15.88 (Brazing)ø19.05 (Brazing)ø19.05 (Brazing)ø19.05 (Brazing)053P)E(-YRUPOu

tdoor

unit s

ide

Unit model Model name High pressure sideBetween outdoor unit and twining pipe Between twining pipe and HBC

Low pressure side

(HBC CONTROLLER)CMB-WP108V-GA1CMB-WP1016V-GA1*1

ø22.2 (Brazing)003P)E(-YRUPø28.58 (Brazing)053P)E(-YRUPø28.58 (Brazing)ø28.58 (Brazing)ø28.58 (Brazing)

High pressure sideø15.88 (Brazing) for each HBCø15.88 (Brazing) for each HBCø15.88 (Brazing) for each HBCø19.05 (Brazing) for each HBCø19.05 (Brazing) for each HBC

Low pressure sideø19.05 (Brazing) for each HBCø19.05 (Brazing) for each HBCø19.05 (Brazing) for each HBCø22.2 (Brazing) for each HBCø22.2 (Brazing) for each HBC

ø19.05 (Brazing)ø19.05 (Brazing)ø22.2 (Brazing)ø22.2 (Brazing)ø22.2 (Brazing)

004P)E(-YRUP054P)E(-YRUP005P)E(-YRUP

HBC CONTROLLER

Outdo

or un

it side

*1. PURY-(E)P400YLM model or larger requires a connection of two main-HBC controllers in parallel.

(E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E)(E)(G)

(A)

(B)

(F)

*1

(C) (D)

(A) To outdoor unit(B) End connection (brazing)(C) Main-HBC controller(D) Sub-HBC controller(E) Indoor unit(F) Twinning pipe (field supply)(G) Up to three units for 1 branch hole; total capacity: below 80 (but same in cooling/heating mode)

Note:1) To connect multiple indoor units to a port • Maximum total capacity of connected indoor units: P80 or below • Maximum number of connectable indoor units: 3 units • Branch joints are field-supplied. All the indoor units that are connected to the same port must be in the same group and Thermo-ON/OFF operation simultaneously. For all the indoor units in the group, the room temperature needs to be monitored via the connected remote controller.


3 - 9

S.D

. R2

MEE15K052

3. Piping Design

3-2-2. Drain piping work

Be sure to provide drain piping with heat insulation in order to prevent excess condensation. Without drain piping, water may leak from the unit causing damage to your property.

1. Drain piping work• Ensure that the drain piping is sloped downward (sloped gradient of more than 1/100) toward the discharge side. If it is impossible to take any downward pitch, use an optionally available drain pump to obtain a downward pitch of more than 1/100.• Ensure that any horizontal drain piping sections that are longer than 20 m are supported with metal brackets to prevent it from bending, warping, or vibrating.• Connect the supplied drain hose to the discharge port on the unit. Use hardvinyl chloride pipes VP-25 (ø32) for drain piping (2). Tighten the supplied drain hose onto the discharge port using the supplied hose band. (For this, do not use any adhesive because the drain hose will need to be removed for servicing at a later date.)• Do not use any odor trap around the discharge port.

2. Discharge testAfter completing drain piping work, open the HBC controller panel, and test drain discharge using a small amount of water. Also, check to see that there is no water leakage from the connections.

3. Insulating drain pipesProvide sufficient insulation to the drain pipes just as for refrigerant pipes.

• As shown in 3, install a collecting pipe about 10 cm below the drain ports and give it a downward pitch of more than 1/100. This collecting pipe should be of VP-30.• Set the end of drain piping in a place without any risk of odor generation.• Do not put the end of the drain piping into any drain where ionic gases are generated.• Drain piping may be installed in any direction. However, please be sure to observe the above instructions.

1

3

2

25cm

Downward gradient of more than 1/100

Insulating material

Supporting bracket

1.5 – 2m

VP-25

Drain discharge port

HBC controller

Please ensure this length is at least 10cm.

Indoor unitIndoor unit

Collecting pipe

Cable tie (accessory)

Hose band (accessory)

Drain hose (200 mm long, accessory)

VP-30


3 - 10

S.D

. R2

MEE15K052

3. Piping Design

3-2-3. Connecting water pipework

Please observe the following precautions during installation.

3-2-3-1 Important notes on water pipework installation

Example of heat source unit installation (using left piping)

• The design pressure of the HBC water system is 0.6MPa.• Use water pipe-work with a design pressure of at least 1.0MPa.• When performing a water leak check, please do not allow the water pressure to go above 0.3MPa.• Please connect the water pipework of each indoor unit to the correct port on the HBC. Failure to do so will result in incorrect

running.• Please list the indoor units on the naming plate in the HBC unit with addresses and end connection numbers.• If the number of indoor units are less than the number of ports on the HBC, the unused ports must be capped. Without a cap,

water will leak.• Use the reverse-return method to insure proper pipe resistance to each unit.• Provide some joints and valves around inlet/outlet of each unit for easy maintenance, checkup, and replacement.• Install a suitable air vent on the water pipe. After flowing water through the pipe, vent any excess air.• Secure the pipes with metal fittings, positioning them in locations to protect pipes against breakage and bending.• Do not confuse the water intake and outlet piping. (Error code 5102 will appear on the remote controller if a test run is

performed with the pipe-work installed incorrectly (inlet connected to outlet and vice versa).)• This unit doesn’t include a heater to prevent freezing within the pipe work. If the system is stopped for an extended period

during low ambient conditions, drain the water out.• The unused knockout holes should be closed and the refrigerant pipes, water pipes, power source and transmission wires

access holes should be filled with putty.• Install water pipe so that the water flow rate will be maintained.• Wrap sealing tape as follows.

1. Wrap the joint with sealing tape following the direction of the threads (clockwise), do not wrap the tape over the edge.2. Overlap the sealing tape by two-thirds to three-fourths of its width on each turn. Press the tape with your fingers so that it

is tight against each thread.3. Do not wrap the 1.5th through 2nd farthest threads away from the pipe end.

• Hold the pipe on the unit side in place with a spanner when installing the pipes or strainer. Tighten screws to a torque of 40 N·m.• If there is a risk of freezing, take precautions to prevent this happening.• When connecting the HBC unit water piping and on site water piping, apply liquid sealing material for water piping over the

sealing tape before connection.• Please use copper or plastic pipes for the water circuit. Do not use steel or stainless steel pipework. Furthermore, when using

copper pipe-work, use a non-oxidative brazing method. Oxidation of the pipe-work will reduce the pump life.

HBC controller sample installation (*1)

*1. Connect the pipes to the water pipes according to the local regulations.

• The HBC system must be serviced at least once a year.

To expansion vessel (field supply)

Water inlet

Shutoff valve (field supply)

Refrigerant pipes

Pressure reducing valve (field supply)

Strainer (field supply)

Pressure gauge (field supply)

Check valve (field supply)

Drain pipe


3 - 11

S.D

. R2

MEE15K052

3. Piping Design

• Insulation materials for the pipes to be added on site must meet the following specifications:

• This specification is based on copper for water piping. When using plastic pipework, choose a thickness based on the plastic pipe performance.

• Installation of pipes in a high-temperature high-humidity environment, such as the top floor of a building, may require the use of insulation materials thicker than the ones specified in the chart above.

• When certain specifications presented by the client must be met, ensure that they also meet the specifications on the chart above.

3-2-3-2 Water pipe insulation

1. Connect the water pipes of each indoor unit to the same (correct) end connection numbers as indicated on the indoor unit connection section of each HBC controller. If connected to wrong end connection numbers, there will be no normal operation.

2. List indoor unit model names in the name plate on the HBC controller control box (for identification purposes), and HBC controller end connection numbers and address numbers in the name plate on the indoor unit side.Seal unused end connections using cover caps (field supply, dezincification resistant brass (DZR) or bronze only). Not replacing the rubber end caps will lead to water leakage.

3. Be sure to add insulation work to water piping by covering water pipework separately with enough thickness heat-resistant polyethylene, so that no gap is observed in the joint between indoor unit and insulating material, and insulating materials themselves. When insulation work is insufficient, there is a possibility of condensation, etc. Pay special attention to insulation work in the ceiling plenum.

Locally procured insulating material for pipes

Bind here using band or tape.

HBC controller-indoor unit

20 mm or more

Insulating material (field supply)

Lap margin: more than 40 mm

Do not leave any opening.

Unit side insulating material

• Install an expansion tank to accommodate expanded water.

• The maximum water temperature is 60°C. • The minimum water temperature is 5°C. • The circuit protection valve set pressure is 370-490kPa. • The circulation pump head pressure is 0.24MPa.

• The water containment volume of the HBC, the indoor units, and pipe work.

4. Expansion vessel

(Unit: L)Unit model Water volume

CMB-WP108V-GA1

PEFY-WP20VMA

PEFY-WP15VMS1PEFY-WP20VMS1PEFY-WP25VMS1PEFY-WP32VMS1PEFY-WP40VMS1PEFY-WP50VMS1

0.7

0.7

101359

1.7

0.9

1.0

PEFY-WP25VMA 1PEFY-WP32VMAPEFY-WP40VMA 1.8

1.5

PEFY-WP50VMA

CMB-WP1016V-GA1CMB-WP108V-GB1CMB-WP1016V-GB1

PLFY-WP32VBM-EPLFY-WP40VBM-EPLFY-WP50VBM-EPFFY-WP20VLRMM-E 0.9

1.3PFFY-WP25VLRMM-EPFFY-WP32VLRMM-EPFFY-WP40VLRMM-E 1.5PFFY-WP50VLRMM-E

Expansion vessel selection criteria:


3 - 12

S.D

. R2

MEE15K052

3. Piping Design

5. Leakproof the water pipework, valves and drain pipework. Leakproof all the way to, and include pipe ends so that condensation cannot enter the insulated pipework.

6. Apply caulking around the ends of the insulation to prevent condensation getting between the pipework and insulation.7. Add a drain valve so that the unit and pipework can be drained.8. Ensure there are no gaps in the pipework insulation. Insulate the pipework right up to the unit.9. Ensure that the gradient of the drain pan pipework is such that discharge can only flow out.

10. HBC water pipe connection sizes and pipe sizes.

11. Please refer to the figure below when connecting the water supply.

12. Use formula 0.1 ≤ 0.01 + 0.01 × A ≤ 0.16 for the supply pressure range to be used. (A: Head pressure (m) between the HBC and the highest indoor unit) If the supply pressure is greater than 0.16 MPa, use a pressure reducing valve to keep the pressure within the range. If the head pressure is unknown, set it to 0.16 MPa.13. Install a shut off valve and strainer in a place that is easy to operate and makes maintenance work easy.14. Apply insulation to the indoor unit pipework, strainer, shut off valve, and pressure reducing valve.15. Please do not use a corrosion inhibitor in the water system.16. When installing the HBC unit in an environment which may drop below 0°C, please add antifreeze (Propylene Glycol only) to

the circulating water. For the brine selection, refer to 2-5. "Correction by antifreeze solution concentration" in chapter "OUTDOOR UNITS".

Indoor unit

Connection size Pipe sizeWater inlet Water outlet Water out Water return

Rc 3/4screw

Rc 3/4screw I.D. 20 mm I.D. 20 mm


Note:*1. Connection of multiple indoor units with one connection (or joint pipe) • Total capacity of connectable indoor units: Less than 80 • Number of connectable indoor units: Maximum 3 units • Selection of water piping Select the size according to the total capacity of indoor units to be installed downstream. • Please group units that operate on 1 branch.

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Auto air vent valve (Highest point on the water pipe for each branch) (field supply)


Indoor unit

Indoor unit


*1

Pressure control valve (field supply)

Indoor unit

3-2-3-3 Water treatment and quality controlTo preserve water quality, use the closed type of water circuit. When the circulating water quality is poor, the water heat exchanger can develop scale, leading to a reduction in heat-exchange power and possible corrosion. Pay careful attention to water processing and water quality control when installing the water circulation system.• Removing of foreign objects or impurities within the pipes.

During installation, make sure that foreign objects, such as welding fragments, sealant particles, or rust, do not enter the pipes.• Water Quality Processing

Depending on the quality of the cold-temperature water used in the airconditioner, the copper piping of the heat exchanger may corrode. Regular water quality processing is recommended. If a water supply tank is installed, keep air contact to a minimum, and keep the level of dissolved oxygen in the water no higher than 1mg/ℓ.

Water pipework

Waterpipe

Pressure gauge (field supply) Check valve

(field supply)

Shutoff valve(field supply) Strainer

(field supply)Pressure reducing valve (field supply)

HBC controller

To outdoor/heat source unit End connection (brazing)

Main-HBC controller Sub-HBC controller


3 - 13

S.D

. R2

MEE15K052

3. Piping Design

3-3. Refrigerant charging calculation

<Amount of refrigerant to be added>The amount of refrigerant that is shown in the table below is factory-charged to the outdoor units.The amount necessary for extended pipe (field piping) is not included and must be added on site.

Round up the calculation result to the nearest 0.1kg. (Example: 18.04kg to 18.1kg)

× 2

Outdoor unit model Amount of pre-charged refrigerant in the outdoor unit (kg)


P200YLM 9.5 P400YLM 10.3

P250YLM 9.5 P450YLM 11.8

P300YLM 10.3 P500YLM 11.8

P350YLM 10.3


EP200YLM 6.0

EP250YLM 6.0

EP300YLM 8.0

EP350YLM 8.0

EP400YLM 10.5

EP450YLM 11.8

EP500YLM 11.8

■ Calculation formulaThe amount of refrigerant to be added depends on the size and the length of field piping. (unit in m[ft])1) When the distance between HBC and outdoor unit is longer than 30.5m:

Amount of added refrigerant (kg) = (0.21xL1)+(0.14xL2)+(0.1xL3)+α12) When the distance between HBC and outdoor unit is 30.5m or shorter:

Amount of added refrigerant (kg) = (0.23xL1)+(0.16xL2)+(0.11xL3)+α1L1 : Length of ø22.20 [7/8"] high pressure pipe (m) L2 : Length of ø19.05 [3/4"] high pressure pipe (m) L3 : Length of ø15.88 [5/8"] high pressure pip (m) α1 : Refer to the table below.

Use of one HBC controllerOutdoor unit index Diameter of high-pressure pipe

(E)P200 ø15.88(E)P250 ø19.05(E)P300 ø19.05(E)P350 ø19.05

Amount for the HBC controllerα1 (kg) α1 (kg)

3.0

Use of two HBC controllersOutdoor unit index Diameter of high-pressure pipe

(E)P300 ø19.05(E)P350 ø19.05(E)P400 ø22.20(E)P450 ø22.20

Amount for the HBC controller

3.0(E)P500 ø22.20

Example■ Sample calculation

A

Outdoor unit (~(E)P350)

HBC controllerIndoor unit (15 ~ 50)

Indoor unit (15 ~ 50)



AB

CD

Outdoor unit ((E)P300~)

HBC controller

HBC controller





Indoor 1: 50 A: ø19.05 42 m2: 503: 504: 40

Outdoor P250

The total length of each liquid line is as follows:ø19.05: A = 42 m, α1 = 3.0Therefore,<Calculation example>Additional refrigerant charge

= 42 × 0.14 + 3.0 = 8.88 kg

* All pipe work except A is water pipe work.

Indoor 1: 50 A:ø22.20 18 m 2: 50 B:ø15.88 5 m 3: 50 C:ø15.88 10 m 4: 50 D:ø15.88 8 mOutdoor P400

The total length of each liquid line is as follows:ø22.20: A = 18 m, ø15.88: B + C + D = 23m, α1 = 3.0 × 2Therefore,<Calculation example>Additional refrigerant charge

= 18 × 0.23+ (5 + 10 + 8) × 0.11 + 3.0 × 2= 12.67 kg

* All pipe work except A, B, C, D is water pipe work.

= 8.9 kg

= 12.7 kg


3 - 14

S.D

. R2

MEE15K052

3. Piping Design

3-4. Water piping3-4-1. Precautions for water piping

Consider the following when installing a water piping system.1. Design pressure of the water piping

Use a water pipe that is strong enough to withstand the design pressure (1.0 MPa).2. Water pipe type

Use of plastic pipe is recommended.When using copper pipes, be sure to braze the pipes under a nitrogen purge. (Oxidation during may shorten the life of the pump.)

3. Expansion vesselInstall an expansion vessel to accommodate expanded water.

4. Drain pipingInstall the drain pipe with a downward inclination of between 1/100 and 1/200. To prevent drain water from freez-ing in winter, install the drain pipe as steep an angle as practically possible and minimize the straight line. For cold climate installation, take an appropriate measure (e.g., drain heater) to prevent the drain water from freezing.

5. InsulationCover the water pipe with insulating materials with the specified thickness or more to prevent thermal loss or con-densation from collecting.

6. Air vent valveInstall air vent valves to the highest places where air can accumulate.

7. Maintenance valveIt is recommended to install valves on the inlet/outlet for each HBC controller branch for maintenance.

8. Water pressure gaugeInstall a water pressure gauge to check the charged pressure.


3 - 15

S.D

. R2

MEE15K052

3. Piping Design

3-4-2. Notes on corrosion1. Water quality

It is important to check the water quality beforehand. See table below (Circulating water/Makeup Water Quality Standards).

2. Debris in the waterSand, pebbles, suspended solids, and corrosion products in water can damage the metal pipe and heat exchang-er on the HBC controller and may cause corrosion. When installing, prevent debris from entering the water. If there is debris in the water, perform debris removal operation after test run by cleaning the strainers inside the HBC controller. (Refer to other sections for how to perform a test run.)

3. Connecting pipes made of different materialsConnecting pipes used for HBC controller and indoor unit are copper alloy pipes. If steel pipes are connected to the pipes, the contact surface will corrode. Do not use steel pipes to avoid corrosion.

4. Residual airResidual air in the pipe results in water pump malfunction, noise, or water pipe corrosion in the water circuit. En-sure air is purged before use. (Refer to other sections for how to perform air vent operation.)

pH (25°C[77°F])Electric conductivity

Chloride ionSulfate ionAcid consumption (pH4.8)

Total hardnessCalcium hardnessIonic silicaIronCopper

Sulfide ion

Ammonium ionResidual chlorineFree carbon dioxideRyzner stability index

Standard items

Reference items

Items


7.0 ~ 8.030 or less


50 or less

70 or less50 or less30 or less1.0 or less1.0 or lessnot to bedetected0.3 or less

0.25 or less0.4 or less

–

7.0 ~ 8.030 or less


50 or less

70 or less50 or less30 or less0.3 or less0.1 or lessnot to bedetected0.1 or less0.3 or less4.0 or less

–

Tendency

Recirculatingwater

[68<T<140°F][20<T<60°C]

Make-upwater


Reference : Guideline of Water Quality for Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Equipment. (JRA GL02E-1994)

(mg Cl-/ )(mg SO4 2-/ )

(mg CaCO3/ )

(mg CaCO3/ )(mg CaCO3/ )

(mg SiO2/ )(mg Fe/ )(mg Cu/ )

(mg S2-/ )

(mg NH 4+/ )(mg Cl/ )

(mg CO2/ )

(mS/m) (25°C[77°F])(μS/cm) (25°C[77°F])


3 - 16MEE15K052


3 - 17

CITY MULTI

MEE15K052

SYSTEM DESIGN YLM WR2 SERIES

1. Electrical work.................................................................................................................................................. 3 - 18

1-1.Power supply for Heat source unit............................................................................................................. 3 - 18

2. M-NET control.................................................................................................................................................. 3 - 19

2-1.Address setting.......................................................................................................................................... 3 - 19

3. Piping Design................................................................................................................................................... 3 - 20

3-1.R410A Piping material............................................................................................................................... 3 - 203-2.Piping Design ............................................................................................................................................ 3 - 213-3.Refrigerant charging calculation ................................................................................................................ 3 - 273-4.Water piping .............................................................................................................................................. 3 - 28

0000003907.BOOK 17 ページ２０１６年２月１８日　木曜日　午前１０時５３分

1. Electrical work

3 - 18

S.D

. WR

2

MEE15K052

I.1. Electrical work1-1. Power supply for Heat source unit1-1-1. Electrical characteristics of Heat source unit at cooling mode

Symbols: MCA (Max Circuit Amps)

RLA (Rated Load Amps), SC (Starting Current)

PQRY-P-Y(S)LM Unit combinationHeat source units Compressor RLA(A)


MCA(A)Output (kW)

SC(A)Cooling

380/400/415VHeating

380/400/415V

PQRY-P200YLM-A -

50/60380400415

Max:456Min:342

16.1 4.8

8

6.2/5.9/5.7 6.7/6.3/6.1

PQRY-P250YLM-A - 16.1 6.2 8.2/7.8/7.5 8.5/8.1/7.8

PQRY-P300YLM-A - 18.6 7.7 10.1/9.6/9.3 10.5/10.0/9.6

PQRY-P350YLM-A - 23.1 9.5 12.0/11.4/11.0 12.7/12.0/11.6

PQRY-P400YLM-A - 27.6 10.7 13.5/12.8/12.4 14.1/13.4/12.9

PQRY-P450YLM-A - 32.9 11.6 15.6/14.8/14.3 16.5/15.7/15.1

PQRY-P500YLM-A - 39.2 13.0 18.8/17.9/17.2 19.2/18.3/17.6


3 - 19

2. M-NET controlS

.D. W

R2

MEE15K052

2. M-NET control2-1. Address setting

2-1-1. Rule of setting address

Unit

Indoor unit

ME, LOSSNAYRemote controller(Main)

ME, LOSSNAYRemote controller(Sub)

Address setting

01 ~ 50

52 ~ 99, 100

101 ~ 150

151 ~ 199, 200

NoteExample

The address of the smallest address of indoor unit connected to the HBC controller +50 Please reset one of them to an address between 51


as "01~ 50"

The smallest address of indoor unit in the group + 100

The place of "100" is fixed to "1"

ON/OFF remote controller

AE-200E/AE-50EEW-50EAG-150AAT-50BEB-50GU-J

000, 201 ~ 250

000, 201 ~ 250

Loca

l remo

te co

ntroll

erSy

stem

con

trolle

r

The address of main remote controller + 50

The address automatically becomes "200" if it is set as "00"

10 1

10 1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

10 1

10 1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

10 1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

90 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

10 1100

10 1100

LMAP04-E 201 ~ 250

1

1

Fixed

Fixed

2Fixed

Heat source unit

HBC controller

51 ~ 99, 100

The smallest address of indoor unit in same refrigerant system + 50Assign sequential address numbers to the heat source units in one refrigerant circuit system. OC, OS1 and OS2 are automatically detected. (Note 2) Please reset one of them to an address between 51


as "01~ 50"

Use the most recent address within the same group of indoor units.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8

9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9

10 1(Note1)

0,2 0~5 0~9

PAC-YG50ECA 000, 201 ~ 250

10 1100

0,2 0~5 0~9

BAC-HD150 000, 201 ~ 250

10 1100

0,2 0~5 0~9

The smallest group No. to be managed is changeable.

Settings are made on the initial screen of AG-150A.

Settings are made with setting tool of BM ADAPTER.

The smallest group No. to be managed + 200

Note1: To set the address to "100", set it to "50"Note2: Heat source units OC, OS1 and OS2 in one refrigerant circuit system are automatically detected. OC, OS1 and OS2 are ranked in descending order of capacity. If units are the same capacity, they are ranked in ascending order of their address.


3. Piping Design

3 - 20

S.D

. WR

2

MEE15K052

3. Piping Design3-1. R410A Piping material

Refrigerant pipe for HYBRID CITY MULTI shall be made of phosphorus deoxidized copper, and has two types. A. Type-O: Soft copper pipe (annealed copper pipe), can be easily bent with human's hand. B. Type-1/2H pipe: Hard copper pipe (Straight pipe), being stronger than Type-O pipe of the same radical thickness. The maximum operation pressure of R410A air conditioner is 4.30 MPa [623psi]. The refrigerant piping should ensure the safety under the maximum operation pressure. MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC recommends pipe size as Table 3-1, or You shall follow the local industrial standard. Pipes of radical thickness 0.7mm or less shall not be used.

* For pipe sized ø19.05 (3/4") for R410A air conditioner, choice of pipe type is up to you. * The figures in the radial thickness column are based on the Japanese standards and provided only as a reference. Use pipes that meet the local standards.

Size (mm) Size (inch) Radial thickness (mm) Pipe typeø6.35 ø1/4" 0.8 Type-Oø9.52 ø3/8" 0.8 Type-Oø12.7 ø1/2" 0.8 Type-O

ø15.88 ø5/8" 1.0 Type-Oø19.05 ø3/4" 1.2 Type-Oø19.05 ø3/4" 1.0 Type-1/2H or H

ø22.2 ø7/8" 1.0 Type-1/2H or Hø25.4 ø1" 1.0 Type-1/2H or H

ø28.58 ø1-1/8" 1.0 Type-1/2H or Hø31.75 ø1-1/4" 1.1 Type-1/2H or Hø34.93 ø1-3/8" 1.2 Type-1/2H or Hø41.28 ø1-5/8" 1.4

Radial thickness (mil)[32][32][32][40][48][40][40][40][40][44][48][56] Type-1/2H or H

Table 3-1. Copper pipe size and radial thickness for R410A HYBRID CITY MULTI.

Flare

Due to the relative higher operation pressure of R410A compared to R22, the flare connection should follow dimensions mentioned below so as to achieve enough the air-tightness.

Flare pipe Pipe size A (For R410A) Flare nut Pipe size (mm[in.]) (mm[in.]) B (For R410A)

ø6.35 [1/4"]ø9.52 [3/8"]

ø12.70 [1/2"]ø15.88 [5/8"]ø19.05 [3/4"] 24.0

16.619.7

9.113.2

ø6.35 [1/4"]ø9.52 [3/8"]

ø12.70 [1/2"]ø15.88 [5/8"]ø19.05 [3/4"] 36.0

17.022.026.029.0

A

B


3 - 21

3. Piping DesignS

.D. W

R2

MEE15K052

3-2. Piping Design3-2-1. Restrictions on pipe length

(J)(D)

(D)(D)(D)(D)

(A)

(B)(I)

(G)

(K)

(L)

(C)(H)

(F)

(E)

A

cd e

b

a

h1

h2

f

g

H1

H

(A) Heat source unit (B) Main-HBC controller(C) Sub-HBC controller (D) Indoor unit(E) Less than H=50 m (when the heat source unit is higher than HBC)(F) Less than H1=40 m (when the heat source unit is lower than HBC)(G) Twinning pipe (field supply)(H) Less than 110 m (I) Less than 60 m(J) Up to three units for 1 branch port

Total capacity: less than 80 (but in same mode, cooling/heating)(K) Less than 15 m (L) Less than 15 m


(Unit: m)

Item Piping portion Allowable valueBetween heat source unit andHBC controller (refrigerant pipework) A 110 or less


H 50 or lessBetween HBC and heat source units

Heat source unit above HBC

Heat source unit below HBC H1 40 or less

Between indoor units and HBC controller h12hstinu roodni neewteB

Pipe

Len

gths

Diffe

renc

e of e

levati

on

Note: 1.Indoor units that are connected to the same branch joint cannot be si-multaneously operated in different operation modes.

15(10) or less*1 15(10) or less*1

*1. Values in ( ) are applied when indoor total capacity exceeds 130% of heat source unit capacity

(C)

(J)(D)

(A)(B1)

(B2)

(H)

(I)

(G)

(K)

(L)

(D) (D) (D)

(D)

(M) (D)(F

)(E

)

(G)A1

A2

A3

cd e

f

b

a

h1

h2

g

h3

H1

H B

(A) Heat source unit (B1), (B2) Main-HBC controller(C) Sub-HBC controller Total indoor units capacity: P375 or less

Total indoor units capacity (B2)+(C): P375 or less(D) Indoor unit(E) Less than H=50 m (when the heat source unit is higher than HBC)(F) Less than H1=40 m (when the heat source unit is lower than HBC)(G) Twinning pipe (field supply)(H) Less than 110 m (I) Less than 60 m(J) Up to three units for 1 branch port

Total capacity: less than 80 (but in same mode, cooling/heating)(K) Less than 15 m (L) Less than 15 m(M) Less than 15 m


(Unit: m)

Item Piping portion Allowable valueBetween heat source unit andHBC controller (refrigerant pipework) A1 + A2 + A3 110 or less


ssel ro 04Bsrellortnoc CBH neewteB

Between HBC and heat source units

Heat source unit above HBC H 50 or less

Heat source unit below HBC H1 40 or less

Between indoor units and HBC controller h12hstinu roodni neewteB3hsrellortnoc CBH neewteB

Pipe

Len

gths

Diffe

renc

e of

ele

vatio

n

15(10) or less*115(10) or less*115(10) or less*1

*1. Values in ( ) are applied when indoor total capacity exceeds 130% of heat source unit capacity


3. Piping Design

3 - 22

S.D

. WR

2

MEE15K052

1. Refrigerant and water pipe size(1) Refrigerant pipe between heat source unit and HBC controller (Part A, A1, A2, and A3)

(2) Water pipe between HBC controller and indoor units (Sections a, b, c, d, e, and g)

*Water Pipe size between HBC controller and joint is also 20A.

(3) Water pipe between HBC controller and Sub-HBC

(4) Refrigerant pipe between HBC controller and HBC controller

2. Connecting the HBC controller(1) Size of the pipe that fits the standard HBC controller ports

Indoor unit Inlet pipe size Outlet pipe size

P15 - P50 20A 20A

Inlet pipe size Outlet pipe size

Cold-water side 20A 20A

Hot-water side 20A 20A

Unit: mm [inch]

ø15.88 [5/8"] (Brazed connection)

HBC CONTROLLERUnit model Model name

Use of one HBC controller

Use of two HBC controllers

High pressure side Low pressure sidePQRY-P200 (HBC CONTROLLER)

CMB-WP108V-GA1CMB-WP1016V-GA1*1

ø19.05 (Brazing)ø22.2 (Brazing)PQRY-P250ø22.2 (Brazing)PQRY-P300ø28.58 (Brazing)

ø15.88 (Brazing)ø19.05 (Brazing)ø19.05 (Brazing)ø19.05 (Brazing)PQRY-P350He

at sou

rce un

it side

Unit model Model name High pressure sideBetween outdoor unit and twining pipe Between twining pipe and HBC

Low pressure side

(HBC CONTROLLER)CMB-WP108V-GA1CMB-WP1016V-GA1*1

ø22.2 (Brazing)PQRY-P300ø28.58 (Brazing)PQRY-P350ø28.58 (Brazing)ø28.58 (Brazing)ø28.58 (Brazing)

High pressure sideø15.88 (Brazing) for each HBCø15.88 (Brazing) for each HBCø15.88 (Brazing) for each HBCø19.05 (Brazing) for each HBCø19.05 (Brazing) for each HBC

Low pressure sideø19.05 (Brazing) for each HBCø19.05 (Brazing) for each HBCø19.05 (Brazing) for each HBCø22.2 (Brazing) for each HBCø22.2 (Brazing) for each HBC

ø19.05 (Brazing)ø19.05 (Brazing)ø22.2 (Brazing)ø22.2 (Brazing)ø22.2 (Brazing)

PQRY-P400PQRY-P450PQRY-P500

HBC CONTROLLER

Heat

sour

ce un

it side

*1. PQRY-P400YLM model or larger requires a connection of two main-HBC controllers in parallel.

(E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E)(E)(G)

(A)

(B)

(F)

*1

(C) (D)

(A) To heat source unit(B) End connection (brazing)(C) Main-HBC controller(D) Sub-HBC controller(E) Indoor unit(F) Twinning pipe (field supply)(G) Up to three units for 1 branch hole; total capacity: below 80 (but same in cooling/heating mode)

Note:1) To connect multiple indoor units to a port • Maximum total capacity of connected indoor units: P80 or below • Maximum number of connectable indoor units: 3 units • Branch joints are field-supplied. All the indoor units that are connected to the same port must be in the same group and Thermo-ON/OFF operation simultaneously. For all the indoor units in the group, the room temperature needs to be monitored via the connected remote controller.


3 - 23

3. Piping DesignS

.D. W

R2

MEE15K052

3-2-2. Drain piping work

Be sure to provide drain piping with heat insulation in order to prevent excess condensation. Without drain piping, water may leak from the unit causing damage to your property.

1. Drain piping work• Ensure that the drain piping is sloped downward (sloped gradient of more than 1/100) toward the discharge side. If it is impossible to take any downward pitch, use an optionally available drain pump to obtain a downward pitch of more than 1/100.• Ensure that any horizontal drain piping sections that are longer than 20 m are supported with metal brackets to prevent it from bending, warping, or vibrating.• Connect the supplied drain hose to the discharge port on the unit. Use hardvinyl chloride pipes VP-25 (ø32) for drain piping (2). Tighten the supplied drain hose onto the discharge port using the supplied hose band. (For this, do not use any adhesive because the drain hose will need to be removed for servicing at a later date.)• Do not use any odor trap around the discharge port.

2. Discharge testAfter completing drain piping work, open the HBC controller panel, and test drain discharge using a small amount of water. Also, check to see that there is no water leakage from the connections.

3. Insulating drain pipesProvide sufficient insulation to the drain pipes just as for refrigerant pipes.

• As shown in 3, install a collecting pipe about 10 cm below the drain ports and give it a downward pitch of more than 1/100. This collecting pipe should be of VP-30.• Set the end of drain piping in a place without any risk of odor generation.• Do not put the end of the drain piping into any drain where ionic gases are generated.• Drain piping may be installed in any direction. However, please be sure to observe the above instructions.

1

3

2

25cm

Downward gradient of more than 1/100

Insulating material

Supporting bracket

1.5 – 2m

VP-25

Drain discharge port

HBC controller

Please ensure this length is at least 10cm.

Indoor unitIndoor unit

Collecting pipe

Cable tie (accessory)

Hose band (accessory)

Drain hose (200 mm long, accessory)

VP-30


3. Piping Design

3 - 24

S.D

. WR

2

MEE15K052

3-2-3. Connecting water pipework

Please observe the following precautions during installation.

3-2-3-1 Important notes on water pipework installation

Example of heat source unit installation (using left piping)

• The design pressure of the HBC water system is 0.6MPa.• Use water pipe-work with a design pressure of at least 1.0MPa.• When performing a water leak check, please do not allow the water pressure to go above 0.3MPa.• Please connect the water pipework of each indoor unit to the correct port on the HBC. Failure to do so will result in incorrect

running.• Please list the indoor units on the naming plate in the HBC unit with addresses and end connection numbers.• If the number of indoor units are less than the number of ports on the HBC, the unused ports must be capped. Without a cap,

water will leak.• Use the reverse-return method to insure proper pipe resistance to each unit.• Provide some joints and valves around inlet/outlet of each unit for easy maintenance, checkup, and replacement.• Install a suitable air vent on the water pipe. After flowing water through the pipe, vent any excess air.• Secure the pipes with metal fittings, positioning them in locations to protect pipes against breakage and bending.• Do not confuse the water intake and outlet piping. (Error code 5102 will appear on the remote controller if a test run is

performed with the pipe-work installed incorrectly (inlet connected to outlet and vice versa).)• This unit doesn’t include a heater to prevent freezing within the pipe work. If the system is stopped for an extended period

during low ambient conditions, drain the water out.• The unused knockout holes should be closed and the refrigerant pipes, water pipes, power source and transmission wires

access holes should be filled with putty.• Install water pipe so that the water flow rate will be maintained.• Wrap sealing tape as follows.

1. Wrap the joint with sealing tape following the direction of the threads (clockwise), do not wrap the tape over the edge.2. Overlap the sealing tape by two-thirds to three-fourths of its width on each turn. Press the tape with your fingers so that it

is tight against each thread.3. Do not wrap the 1.5th through 2nd farthest threads away from the pipe end.

• Hold the pipe on the unit side in place with a spanner when installing the pipes or strainer. Tighten screws to a torque of 40 N·m.• If there is a risk of freezing, take precautions to prevent this happening.• When connecting the HBC unit water piping and on site water piping, apply liquid sealing material for water piping over the

sealing tape before connection.• Please use copper or plastic pipes for the water circuit. Do not use steel or stainless steel pipework. Furthermore, when using

copper pipe-work, use a non-oxidative brazing method. Oxidation of the pipe-work will reduce the pump life.

HBC controller sample installation (*1)

*1. Connect the pipes to the water pipes according to the local regulations.

• The HBC system must be serviced at least once a year.

To expansion vessel (field supply)

Water inlet


Refrigerant pipes

Pressure reducing valve (field supply)

Strainer (field supply)

Pressure gauge (field supply)

Check valve (field supply)

Drain pipe


3 - 25

3. Piping DesignS

.D. W

R2

MEE15K052

• Insulation materials for the pipes to be added on site must meet the following specifications:

• This specification is based on copper for water piping. When using plastic pipework, choose a thickness based on the plastic pipe performance.

• Installation of pipes in a high-temperature high-humidity environment, such as the top floor of a building, may require the use of insulation materials thicker than the ones specified in the chart above.

• When certain specifications presented by the client must be met, ensure that they also meet the specifications on the chart above.

3-2-3-2 Water pipe insulation

1. Connect the water pipes of each indoor unit to the same (correct) end connection numbers as indicated on the indoor unit connection section of each HBC controller. If connected to wrong end connection numbers, there will be no normal operation.

2. List indoor unit model names in the name plate on the HBC controller control box (for identification purposes), and HBC controller end connection numbers and address numbers in the name plate on the indoor unit side.Seal unused end connections using cover caps (field supply, dezincification resistant brass (DZR) or bronze only). Not replacing the rubber end caps will lead to water leakage.

3. Be sure to add insulation work to water piping by covering water pipework separately with enough thickness heat-resistant polyethylene, so that no gap is observed in the joint between indoor unit and insulating material, and insulating materials themselves. When insulation work is insufficient, there is a possibility of condensation, etc. Pay special attention to insulation work in the ceiling plenum.

Locally procured insulating material for pipes

Bind here using band or tape.

HBC controller-indoor unit

20 mm or more

Insulating material (field supply)

Lap margin: more than 40 mm

Do not leave any opening.

Unit side insulating material

• Install an expansion tank to accommodate expanded water.

• The maximum water temperature is 60°C. • The minimum water temperature is 5°C. • The circuit protection valve set pressure is 370-490kPa. • The circulation pump head pressure is 0.24MPa.

• The water containment volume of the HBC, the indoor units, and pipe work.

4. Expansion vessel

(Unit: L)Unit model Water volume

CMB-WP108V-GA1

PEFY-WP20VMA

PEFY-WP15VMS1PEFY-WP20VMS1PEFY-WP25VMS1PEFY-WP32VMS1PEFY-WP40VMS1PEFY-WP50VMS1

0.7

0.7

101359

1.7

0.9

1.0

PEFY-WP25VMA 1PEFY-WP32VMAPEFY-WP40VMA 1.8

1.5

PEFY-WP50VMA

CMB-WP1016V-GA1CMB-WP108V-GB1CMB-WP1016V-GB1

PLFY-WP32VBM-EPLFY-WP40VBM-EPLFY-WP50VBM-EPFFY-WP20VLRMM-E 0.9

1.3PFFY-WP25VLRMM-EPFFY-WP32VLRMM-EPFFY-WP40VLRMM-E 1.5PFFY-WP50VLRMM-E

Expansion vessel selection criteria:


3. Piping Design

3 - 26

S.D

. WR

2

MEE15K052

5. Leakproof the water pipework, valves and drain pipework. Leakproof all the way to, and include pipe ends so that condensation cannot enter the insulated pipework.

6. Apply caulking around the ends of the insulation to prevent condensation getting between the pipework and insulation.7. Add a drain valve so that the unit and pipework can be drained.8. Ensure there are no gaps in the pipework insulation. Insulate the pipework right up to the unit.9. Ensure that the gradient of the drain pan pipework is such that discharge can only flow out.

10. HBC water pipe connection sizes and pipe sizes.

11. Please refer to the figure below when connecting the water supply.

12. Use formula 0.1 ≤ 0.01 + 0.01 × A ≤ 0.16 for the supply pressure range to be used. (A: Head pressure (m) between the HBC and the highest indoor unit) If the supply pressure is greater than 0.16 MPa, use a pressure reducing valve to keep the pressure within the range. If the head pressure is unknown, set it to 0.16 MPa.13. Install a shut off valve and strainer in a place that is easy to operate and makes maintenance work easy.14. Apply insulation to the indoor unit pipework, strainer, shut off valve, and pressure reducing valve.15. Please do not use a corrosion inhibitor in the water system.16. When installing the HBC unit in an environment which may drop below 0°C, please add antifreeze (Propylene Glycol only) to

the circulating water. For the brine selection, refer to 2-2. "Correction by antifreeze solution concentration" in chapter "HEAT SOURCE UNITS".

Indoor unit

Connection size Pipe sizeWater inlet Water outlet Water out Water return

Rc 3/4screw

Rc 3/4screw I.D. 20 mm I.D. 20 mm


Note:*1. Connection of multiple indoor units with one connection (or joint pipe) • Total capacity of connectable indoor units: Less than 80 • Number of connectable indoor units: Maximum 3 units • Selection of water piping Select the size according to the total capacity of indoor units to be installed downstream. • Please group units that operate on 1 branch.

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Auto air vent valve (Highest point on the water pipe for each branch) (field supply)


Indoor unit

Indoor unit


*1

Pressure control valve (field supply)

Indoor unit

3-2-3-3 Water treatment and quality controlTo preserve water quality, use the closed type of water circuit. When the circulating water quality is poor, the water heat exchanger can develop scale, leading to a reduction in heat-exchange power and possible corrosion. Pay careful attention to water processing and water quality control when installing the water circulation system.• Removing of foreign objects or impurities within the pipes.

During installation, make sure that foreign objects, such as welding fragments, sealant particles, or rust, do not enter the pipes.• Water Quality Processing

Depending on the quality of the cold-temperature water used in the airconditioner, the copper piping of the heat exchanger may corrode. Regular water quality processing is recommended. If a water supply tank is installed, keep air contact to a minimum, and keep the level of dissolved oxygen in the water no higher than 1mg/ℓ.

Water pipework

Waterpipe

Pressure gauge (field supply) Check valve

(field supply)

Shutoff valve(field supply) Strainer

(field supply)Pressure reducing valve (field supply)

HBC controller


Main-HBC controller Sub-HBC controller



3 - 27

3. Piping DesignS

.D. W

R2

MEE15K052

3-3. Refrigerant charging calculation

<Amount of refrigerant to be added>The amount of refrigerant that is shown in the table below is factory-charged to the heat source units.The amount necessary for extended pipe (field piping) is not included and must be added on site.

Round up the calculation result to the nearest 0.1kg. (Example: 18.04kg to 18.1kg)

× 2

Heat sourceunit model

Amount of pre-charged refrigerant Amount of pre-charged refrigerant in the heat source unit (kg)

Heat sourceunit model in the heat source unit (kg)

P200YLM 5.0 P400YLM 6.0

P250YLM 5.0 P450YLM 6.0

P300YLM 5.0 P500YLM 6.0

P350YLM 6.0

■ Calculation formulaThe amount of refrigerant to be added depends on the size and the length of field piping. (unit in m[ft])1) When the distance between HBC and heat source unit is longer than 30.5m:

Amount of added refrigerant (kg) = (0.21xL1)+(0.14xL2)+(0.1xL3)+α12) When the distance between HBC and heat source unit is 30.5m or shorter:

Amount of added refrigerant (kg) = (0.23xL1)+(0.16xL2)+(0.11xL3)+α1L1 : Length of ø22.20 [7/8"] high pressure pipe (m) L2 : Length of ø19.05 [3/4"] high pressure pipe (m) L3 : Length of ø15.88 [5/8"] high pressure pip (m) α1 : Refer to the table below.

Use of one HBC controllerHeat source unit index Diameter of high-pressure pipe

P200 ø15.88P250 ø19.05P300 ø19.05P350 ø19.05

Amount for the HBC controllerα1 (kg) α1 (kg)

3.0

Use of two HBC controllersHeat source unit index Diameter of high-pressure pipe

P300 ø19.05P350 ø19.05P400 ø22.20P450 ø22.20

Amount for the HBC controller

3.0P500 ø22.20

Example ■ Sample calculation

A

Heat source unit (~P350)

HBC controllerIndoor unit (15 ~ 50)




AB

CD

Heat source unit (P300~)

HBC controller

HBC controller





Indoor 1: 50 A: ø19.05 42 m2: 503: 504: 40

Heat source P250

The total length of each liquid line is as follows:ø19.05: A = 42 m, α1 = 3.0Therefore,<Calculation example>Additional refrigerant charge

= 42 × 0.14 + 3.0 = 8.88 kg

* All pipe work except A is water pipe work.

Indoor 1: 50 A:ø22.20 18 m 2: 50 B:ø15.88 5 m 3: 50 C:ø15.88 10 m 4: 50 D:ø15.88 8 mHeat source P400

The total length of each liquid line is as follows:ø22.20: A = 18 m, ø15.88: B + C + D = 23m, α1 = 3.0 × 2Therefore,<Calculation example>Additional refrigerant charge

= 18 × 0.23+ (5 + 10 + 8) × 0.11 + 3.0 × 2= 12.67 kg

* All pipe work except A, B, C, D is water pipe work.

= 8.9 kg

= 12.7 kg


3. Piping Design

3 - 28

S.D

. WR

2

MEE15K052

3-4. Water piping3-4-1. Precautions for water piping

Consider the following when installing a water piping system.1. Design pressure of the water piping

Use a water pipe that is strong enough to withstand the design pressure (1.0 MPa).2. Water pipe type

Use of plastic pipe is recommended.When using copper pipes, be sure to braze the pipes under a nitrogen purge. (Oxidation during may shorten the life of the pump.)

3. Expansion vesselInstall an expansion vessel to accommodate expanded water.

4. Drain pipingInstall the drain pipe with a downward inclination of between 1/100 and 1/200. To prevent drain water from freez-ing in winter, install the drain pipe as steep an angle as practically possible and minimize the straight line. For cold climate installation, take an appropriate measure (e.g., drain heater) to prevent the drain water from freezing.

5. InsulationCover the water pipe with insulating materials with the specified thickness or more to prevent thermal loss or con-densation from collecting.

6. Air vent valveInstall air vent valves to the highest places where air can accumulate.

7. Maintenance valveIt is recommended to install valves on the inlet/outlet for each HBC controller branch for maintenance.

8. Water pressure gaugeInstall a water pressure gauge to check the charged pressure.


3 - 29

3. Piping DesignS

.D. W

R2

MEE15K052

3-4-2. Notes on corrosion1. Water quality

It is important to check the water quality beforehand. See table below (Circulating water/Makeup Water Quality Standards).

2. Debris in the waterSand, pebbles, suspended solids, and corrosion products in water can damage the metal pipe and heat exchang-er on the HBC controller and may cause corrosion. When installing, prevent debris from entering the water. If there is debris in the water, perform debris removal operation after test run by cleaning the strainers inside the HBC controller. (Refer to other sections for how to perform a test run.)

3. Connecting pipes made of different materialsConnecting pipes used for HBC controller and indoor unit are copper alloy pipes. If steel pipes are connected to the pipes, the contact surface will corrode. Do not use steel pipes to avoid corrosion.

4. Residual airResidual air in the pipe results in water pump malfunction, noise, or water pipe corrosion in the water circuit. En-sure air is purged before use. (Refer to other sections for how to perform air vent operation.)

pH (25°C[77°F])Electric conductivity

Chloride ionSulfate ionAcid consumption (pH4.8)

Total hardnessCalcium hardnessIonic silicaIronCopper

Sulfide ion

Ammonium ionResidual chlorineFree carbon dioxideRyzner stability index

Standard items

Reference items

Items


7.0 ~ 8.030 or less


50 or less

70 or less50 or less30 or less1.0 or less1.0 or lessnot to bedetected0.3 or less

0.25 or less0.4 or less

–

7.0 ~ 8.030 or less


50 or less

70 or less50 or less30 or less0.3 or less0.1 or lessnot to bedetected0.1 or less0.3 or less4.0 or less

–

Tendency

Recirculatingwater

[68<T<140°F][20<T<60°C]

Make-upwater


Reference : Guideline of Water Quality for Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Equipment. (JRA GL02E-1994)

(mg Cl-/ )(mg SO4 2-/ )

(mg CaCO3/ )

(mg CaCO3/ )(mg CaCO3/ )

(mg SiO2/ )(mg Fe/ )(mg Cu/ )

(mg S2-/ )

(mg NH 4+/ )(mg Cl/ )

(mg CO2/ )

(mS/m) (25°C[77°F])(μS/cm) (25°C[77°F])


3 - 30MEE15K052


3 - 31

CITY MULTI

MEE15K052

INSTALLATION INFORMATION

1. Installation information..................................................................................................................................... 3 - 32

1-1.General precautions .................................................................................................................................. 3 - 321-2.Precautions for Indoor unit and HBC controller ......................................................................................... 3 - 341-3.Precautions for Outdoor unit/Heat source unit .......................................................................................... 3 - 351-4.Precautions for Control-related items ........................................................................................................ 3 - 36

0000003908.BOOK 31 ページ２０１６年１月２５日　月曜日　午前９時６分

1. Installation information

3 - 32MEE15K052

I.1. Installation information1-1. General precautions

1-1-1. UsageThe air-conditioning system described in this Data Book is designed for human comfort.This product is not designed for preservation of food, animals, plants, precision equipment, or art objects. To prevent quality loss, do not use the product for purposes other than what it is designed for.To reduce the risk of water leakage and electric shock, do not use the product for air-conditioning vehicles or vessels.

1-1-2. Installation environmentDo not install any unit other than the dedicated unit in a place where the voltage changes a lot, large amounts of mineral oil (e.g., cutting oil) are present, cooking oil may splash, or a large quantity of steam can be generated such as a kitchen.Do not install the unit in acidic or alkaline environment.Installation should not be performed in the locations exposed to chlorine or other corrosive gases. Avoid near a sewer.To reduce the risk of fire, do not install the unit in a place where flammable gas may be leaked or inflammable material is present.This air conditioning unit has a built-in microcomputer. Take the noise effects into consideration when deciding the installation position. Especially in a place where antenna or electronic device are installed, it is recommended that the air conditioning unit be installed away from them.Install the unit on a solid foundation according to the local safety measures against typhoons, wind gusts, and earth-quakes to prevent the unit from being damaged, toppling over, and falling.

1-1-3. Backup systemIn a place where air conditioner's malfunctions may exert crucial influence, it is recommended to have two or more systems of single outdoor/heat source units with multiple indoor units.

1-1-4. Unit characteristicsHeat pump efficiency of outdoor unit depends on outdoor temperature. In the heating mode, performance drops as the outside air temperature drops. In cold climates, performance can be poor. Warm air would continue to be trapped near the ceiling and the floor level would continue to stay cold. In this case, heat pumps require a supplemental heating system or air circulator. Before purchasing them, consult your local distributor for selecting the unit and system.When the outdoor temperature is low and the humidity is high, the heat exchanger on the outdoor unit side tends to collect frost, which reduces its heating performance. To remove the frost, Auto-defrost function will be activated and the heating mode will temporarily stop for 3-10 minutes. Heating mode will automatically resume upon completion of defrost process.Air conditioner with a heat pump requires time to warm up the whole room after the heating operation begins, because the system circulates warm air in order to warm up the whole room.The sound levels were obtained in an anechoic room. The sound levels during actual operation are usually higher than the simulated values due to ambient noise and echoes. Refer to the section on "SOUND LEVELS" for the measurement location.Depending on the operation conditions, the unit generates noise caused by valve actuation, refrigerant flow, and pressure changes even when operating normally. Please consider to avoid location where quietness is required. For BC/HBC controller, it is recommended to unit to be installed in places such as ceilings of corridor, restrooms and plant rooms.The total capacity of the connected indoor units can be greater than the capacity of the outdoor/heat source unit. However, when the connected indoor units operate simultaneously, each unit's capacity may become smaller than the rated capacity. When the unit is started up for the first time within 12 hours after power on or after power failure, it performs initial startup operation (capacity control operation) to prevent damage to the compressor. The initial startup operation requires 90 minutes maximum to complete, depending on the operation load.

1-1-5. Relevant equipmentUse an earth leakage breaker (ELB) with medium sensitivity, and an activation speed of 0.1 second or less.Consult your local distributor or a qualified technician when installing an earth leakage breaker.If the unit is inverter type, select an earth leakage breaker for handling high harmonic waves and surges.Leakage current is generated not only through the air conditioning unit but also through the power wires. Therefore, the leakage current of the main power supply is greater than the total leakage current of each unit. Take into consideration the capacity of the earth leakage breaker or leakage alarm when installing one at the main power supply. To measure the leakage current simply on site, use a measurement tool equipped with a filter, and clamp all the four power wires together. The leakage current measured on the ground wire may not accurate because the leakage current from other systems may be included to the measurement value.Do not install a phase advancing capacitor on the unit connected to the same power system with an inverter type unit and its equipment.If a large current flows due to the product malfunctions or faulty wiring, both the earth leakage breaker on the product side and the upstream overcurrent breaker may trip almost at the same time. Separate the power system or coordinate all the breakers depending on the system's priority level.


3 - 33


MEE15K052

1-1-6. Unit installationYour local distributor or a qualified technician must read the Installation Manual that is provided with each unit carefully before performing installation work.Consult your local distributor or a qualified technician when installing the unit. Improper installation by an unqualified person may result in water leakage, electric shock, or fire.Ensure there is enough space around each unit.

1-1-7. Optional accessories Only use accessories recommended by Mitsubishi Electric. Consult your local distributor or a qualified technician when installing them. Improper installation by an unqualified person may result in water leakage, electric leakage, system breakdown, or fire.Some optional accessories may not be compatible with the air conditioning unit to be used or may not suitable for the installation conditions. Check the compatibility when considering any accessories.Note that some optional accessories may affect the air conditioner's external form, appearance, weight, operating sound, and other characteristics.

1-1-8. Operation/MaintenanceRead the Instruction Book that is provided with each unit carefully prior to use.Maintenance or cleaning of each unit may be risky and require expertise. Read the Instruction Book to ensure safety. Consult your local distributor or a qualified technician when special expertise is required such as when the indoor unit needs to be cleaned.



3 - 34MEE15K052

1-2. Precautions for Indoor unit and HBC controller

1-2-1. Operating environmentThe refrigerant (R410A) used for air conditioner is non-toxic and nonflammable. However, if the refrigerant leaks, the oxygen level may drop to harmful levels. If the air conditioner is installed in a small room, measures must be taken to prevent the refrigerant concentration from exceeding the safety limit even if the refrigerant should leak.If the units operate in the cooling mode at the humidity above 80%, condensation may collect and drip from the indoor units.

1-2-2. Unit characteristicsThe return air temperature display on the remote controller may differ from the ones on the other thermometers.The clock on the remote controller may be displayed with a time lag of approximately one minute every month.The temperature using a built-in temperature sensor on the remote controller may differ from the actual room tempera-ture due to the effect of the wall temperature.Use a built-in thermostat on the remote controller or a separately-sold thermostat when indoor units installed on or in the ceiling operate the automatic cooling/heating switchover.The room temperature may rise drastically due to Thermo OFF in the places where the air conditioning load is large such as computer rooms.Be sure to use a regular filter. If an irregular filter is installed, the unit may not operate properly, and the operation noise may increase.The room temperature may rise over the preset temperature in the environment where the heating air conditioning load is small.

1-2-3. Unit installationFor 16HP outdoor/heat source unit model or above, 2 HBCs must be connected. The GB- and HB-type HBC controllers (sub) cannot be connected to the outdoor/heat source unit directly, and be sure to use them with HBC controllers (main).The insulation for low pressure pipe between the HBC controller and outdoor/heat source unit shall be at least 20 mm thick. If the unit is installed on the top floor or in a high-temperature, high-humidity environment, thicker insulation may be necessary.Do not have any branching points on the downstream of the refrigerant pipe header.When a field-supplied external thermistor is installed or when a device for the demand control is used, abnormal stop of the unit or damage of the electromagnetic contactor may occur. Consult your local distributor for details.


3 - 35


MEE15K052

1-3. Precautions for Outdoor unit/Heat source unit

1-3-1. Installation environmentOutdoor unit with salt-resistant specification is recommended to use in a place where it is subject to salt air.Even when the unit with salt-resistant specification is used, it is not completely protected against corrosion. Be sure to follow the directions or precautions described in Instructions Book and Installation Manual for installation and maintenance. The salt-resistant specification is referred to the guidelines published by JRAIA (JRA9002).Install the unit in a place where the flow of discharge air is not obstructed. If not, the short-cycling of discharge air may occur.Provide proper drainage around the unit base, because the condensation may collect and drip from the outdoor units. Provide water-proof protection to the floor when installing the units on the rooftop.In a region where snowfall is expected, install the unit so that the outlet faces away from the direction of the wind, and install a snow guard to protect the unit from snow. Install the unit on a base approximately 50 cm higher than the expected snowfall. Close the openings for pipes and wiring, because the ingress of water and small animals may cause equipment damage. If SUS snow guard is used, refer to the Installation Manual that comes with the snow guard and take caution for the installation to avoid the risk of corrosion.When the unit is expected to operate continuously for a long period of time at outside air temperatures of below 0ºC, take appropriate measures, such as the use of a unit base heater, to prevent icing on the unit base. (Not applicable to the PUMY series)Install the snow guard so that the outlet/inlet faces away from the direction of the wind.When the snow accumulates approximately 50 cm or more on the snow guard, remove the snow from the guard. Install a roof that is strong enough to withstand snow loads in a place where snow accumulates.Provide proper protection around the outdoor units in places such as schools to avoid the risk of injury.A cooling tower and heat source water circuit should be a closed circuit that water is not exposed to the atmosphere. When a tank is installed to ensure that the circuit has enough water, minimize the contact with outside air so that the oxygen from being dissolved in the water should be 1 mg/L or less.Install a strainer (50 mesh or more recommended) on the water pipe inlet on the heat source unit.Interlock the heat source unit and water circuit pump.Note the followings to prevent the freeze bursting of pipe when the heat source unit is installed in a place where the ambient temperature can be 0ºC or below. Keep the water circulating to prevent it from freezing when the ambient temperature is 0ºC or below. Before a long period of non use, be sure to purge the water out of the unit.Salt-resistant unit is resistant to salt corrosion, but not salt-proof. Please note the following when installing and maintaining outdoor units in marine atmosphere.1. Install the salt-resistant unit out of direct exposure to sea breeze, and minimize the exposure to salt water mist.2. Avoid installing a sun shade over the outdoor unit, so that rain will wash away salt deposits off the unit.3. Install the unit horizontally to ensure proper water drainage from the base of the unit. Accumulation of water in the base

of the outdoor unit will significantly accelerate corrosion.4. Periodically wash salt deposits off the unit, especially when the unit is installed in a coastal area.5. Repair all noticeable scratches after installation and during maintenance.6. Periodically check the unit, and apply anti-rust agent and replace corroded parts as necessary.

1-3-2. Circulating waterFollow the guidelines published by JRAIA (JRA-GL02-1994) to check the water quality of the water in the heat source unit regularly.A cooling tower and heat source water circuit should be a closed circuit that water is not exposed to the atmosphere. When a tank is installed to ensure that the circuit has enough water, minimize the contact with outside air so that the oxygen from being dissolved in the water should be 1 mg/L or less.

1-3-3. Unit characteristicsWhen the Thermo ON and OFF is frequently repeated on the indoor unit, the operation status of outdoor/heat source units may become unstable.

1-3-4. Relevant equipmentProvide grounding in accordance with the local regulations.



3 - 36MEE15K052

1-4. Precautions for Control-related items

1-4-1. Product specificationTo introduce the MELANS system, a consultation with us is required in advance. Especially to introduce the electricity charge apportioning function or energy-save function, further detailed consultation is required. Consult your local distributor for details.Billing calculation for AE-200E/AE-50E/EW-50E/AG-150A/EB-50GU-J/TG-2000A, or the billing calculation unit is unique and based on our original method. (Backup operation is included.) It is not based on the metering method, and do not use it for official business purposes. It is not the method that the amount of electric power consumption (input) by air conditioner is calculated. Note that the electric power consumption by air conditioner is apportioned by using the ratio corresponding to the operation status (output) for each air conditioner (indoor unit) in this method.In the apportioned billing function for AE-200E/AE-50E/EW-50E/AG-150A and EB-50GU-J, use separate watthour me-ters for A-control units, K-control units, and packaged air conditioner for City Multi air conditioners. It is recommended to use an individual watthour meter for the large-capacity indoor unit (with two or more addresses).When using the peak cut function on the AE-200E/AE-50E/EW-50E/AG-150A or EB-50GU-J, note that the control is performed once every minute and it takes time to obtain the effect of the control. Take appropriate measures such as lowering the criterion value. Power consumption may exceed the limits if AE-200E/AE-50E/EW-50E/AG-150A or EB-50GU-J malfunctions or stops. Provide a back-up remedy as necessary.The controllers cannot operate while the indoor unit is OFF. (No error) Turn ON the power to the indoor unit when operating the controllers.When using the interlocked control function on the AE-200E/AE-50E/EW-50E/AG-150A/EB-50GU-J/PAC-YG66DCA or PAC-YG63MCA, do not use it for the control for the fire prevention or security. (This function should never be used in the way that would put people's lives at risk.) Provide any methods or circuit that allow ON/OFF operation using an external switch in case of failure.

1-4-2. Installation environmentThe surge protection for the transmission line may be required in areas where lightning strikes frequently occur.A receiver for a wireless remote controller may not work properly due to the effect of general lighting. Leave a space of at least 1 m between the general lighting and receiver.When the Auto-elevating panel is used and the operation is made by using a wired remote controller, install the wired remote controller to the place where all air conditioners controlled (at least the bottom part of them) can be seen from the wired remote controller. If not, the descending panel may cause damage or injury, and be sure to use a wireless remote controller designed for use with elevating panel (sold separately).Install the wired remote controller (switch box) to the place where the following conditions are met. Where installation surface is flatWhere the remote controller can detect an accurate room temperatureThe temperature sensors that detect a room temperature are installed both on the remote controller and indoor unit.When a room temperature is detected using the sensor on the remote controller, the main remote controller is usedto detect a room temperature. In this case, follow the instructions below. Install the controller in a place where it is not subject to the heat source.

(If the remote controller faces direct sunlight or supply air flow direction, the remote controller cannot detect an ac-curate room temperature.) Install the controller in a place where an average room temperature can be detected. Install the controller in a place where no other wires are present around the temperature sensor.

(If other wires are present, the remote controller cannot detect an accurate room temperature.) To prevent unauthorized access, always use a security device such as a VPN router when connecting AE-200E/AE-50E/EW-50E/AG-150A/EB-50GU-J or TG-2000A to the Internet.


3 - 37

HYBRID CITY MULTI

MEE15K052

CAUTION FOR REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE

1. Caution for refrigerant leakage ........................................................................................................................ 3 - 38

1-1.Refrigerant property................................................................................................................................... 3 - 381-2.Confirm the Critical concentration and take countermeasure.................................................................... 3 - 38

0000003909.BOOK 37 ページ２０１６年１月１３日　水曜日　午後１２時３４分

1. Caution for refrigerant leakage

3 - 38MEE15K052

I.1. Caution for refrigerant leakageThe installer and/or air conditioning system specialist shall secure safety against refrigerant leakage according to local regulations or standards.The following standard may be applicable if no local regulation or standard is available.

1-1. Refrigerant property

1-2. Confirm the Critical concentration and take countermeasure

R410A refrigerant is harmless and incombustible. The R410A is heavier than the indoor air in density. Leakage of the refrigerant in a room has possibility to lead to a hypoxia situation. Therefore, the critical concentration specified below shall not be exceeded even if the leakagehappens.

Critical concentrationCritical concentration hereby is the refrigerant concentration in which no human body would be hurt if immediate measures can be takenwhen refrigerant leakage happens.

Critical concentration of R410A: 0.44kg/m3

(The weight of refrigeration gas per 1 m3 air conditioning space.);The Critical concentration is subject to ISO5149, EN378-1.

For the HYBRID CITY MULTI system, the concentration of refrigerant leaked should not have a chance to exceed the critical concentration in any situation.

The maximum refrigerant leakage concentration (Rmax) is defined as the result of the possible maximum refrigerant weight (Wmax) leaked into a room divided by its room capacity (V). It is referable to Fig.1-1. The refrigerant of Outdoor/Heat source unit here includes its originalcharge and additional charge at the site.The additional charge is calculated according to the refrigerant charging calculation of each kind of Outdoor/Heat source unit, and shall not be over charged at the site. Procedure 1-2-1~3 tells how to confirm maximum refrigerant leakage concentration (Rmax) and how to take countermeasures against a possible leakage.

Refrigerant pipe

to Outdoor/Heat source unit

HBC

Opening

Fresh air supply fan (always ON)

Indoor space

(Floor)

Fig.1-2.Fresh air supply always ON

Refrigerant pipe


HBC

Opening

Sensor for refrigerant leakage (Oxygen sensor or refrigerant sensor).[At 0.3m height from the floor]

Fresh air supply fan

Indoor space

(Floor)

Fig.1-3.Fresh air supply upon sensor action

Refrigerant pipe (high pressure pipe)

Refrigerant stop valve


HBC

Opening

Sensor for refrigerant leakage (Oxygen sensor or refrigerant sensor).[At 0.3m height from the floor]

Fresh air supply fan

Indoor space

(Floor)

Fig.1-4.Fresh air supply and refrigerantshut-off upon sensor action

Note 1. Countermeasure 3 should be done in a proper way in which the fresh air supply shall be on whenever the leakage happens.Note 2. In principle, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC requires proper piping design, installation and air-tight testing after installation to avoid leakage happening.

In the area should earthquake happen, anti-vibration measures should be fully considered.The piping should consider the extension due to the temperature variation.

Maximum refrigerant leakage concentration (Rmax) Rmax=Wmax / V (kg/m3)

Maximum refrigerant leakage concentration (Rmax) Rmax=Wmax / V (kg/m3)where, Wmax=W1+W2

W1: Refrigerant weight of Outdoor/Heat source unit No.1W2: Refrigerant weight of Outdoor/Heat source unit No.2

Fig. 1-1 The maximum refrigerant leakage concentration1-2-1.Find the room capacity (V),

If a room having total opening area more than 0.15% of the floor area at a low position with another room/space, the two rooms/spaceare considered as one.The total space shall be added up.

1-2-2.Find the possible maximum leakage (Wmax) in the room.If a room has HBC(s) from more than 1 Outdoor/Heat source unit, add up the refrigerant of the Outdoor/Heat source units.

1-2-3.Divide (Wmax) by (V) to get the maximum refrigerant leakage concentration (Rmax).1-2-4.Find if there is any room in which the maximum refrigerant leakage concentration (Rmax) is over 0.44kg/m3.

If no, then the HYBRID CITY MULTI is safe against refrigerant leakage.If yes, following countermeasure is recommended to do at site.Countermeasure 1: Let-out (making V bigger)

Design an opening of more than 0.15% of the floor area at a low position of the wall to let out the refrigerant whenever leaked.e.g.make the upper and lower seams of door big enough.

Countermeasure 2: Smaller total charge (making Wmax smaller) e.g.Avoid connecting more than 1 Outdoor/Heat source unit to one room.e.g.Using smaller model size but more Outdoor/Heat source units. e.g.Shorten the refrigerant piping as much as possible.

Countermeasure 3: Fresh air in from the ceiling (Ventilation) As the density of the refrigerant is bigger than that of the air. Fresh air supply from the ceiling is better than air exhausting from the ceiling.Fresh air supply solution refers to Fig.1-2~4.

Flow of water Flow of water Flow of waterFlow ofrefrigerant

Indoor unit

HBC controller

Flow of refrigerant Flow of refrigerant

HBC controller HBC controller

Indoor unit

Outdoor/Heat source unit (No.1) Outdoor/Heat source unit (No.2)Outdoor/Heat source unit (No.1)

0000003909.BOOK 38 ページ２０１６年１月１３日　水曜日　午後１２時３４分

MEE15K052New publication effective Feb. 2016

Specifications subject to change without notice

WarningDo not use refrigerant other than the type indicated in the manuals provided with the unit and on the nameplate.- Doing so may cause the unit or pipes to burst, or result in explosion or fire during use, during repair, or at the time of disposal of the

unit.- It may also be in violation of applicable laws.- MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION cannot be held responsible for malfunctions or accidents resulting from the use of the wrong

type of refrigerant.Our air-conditioning equipments and heat pumps contain a fluorinated greenhouse gas, R410A.

■

■

CMB-WP-V-GA1 CMB-WP-V-GB1 PEFY-WP-VMS1-E PEFY ...

Documents